Furuno Telephone FS 1570 User Manual
SSB RADIOTELEPHONE  
FS-1570 (150 W)  
FS-2570 (250 W)  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
The paper used in this manual  
is elemental chlorine free.  
FURUNO Authorized Distributor/Dealer  
9-52 Ashihara-cho,  
Nishinomiya 662-8580, JAPAN  
Telephone : 0798-65-2111  
Fax  
0798-65-4200  
:
FIRST EDITION :OCT. 2002  
Printed in Japan  
All rights reserved.  
E3  
: FEB. 14, 2006  
Pub. No. OME-56360  
FS-1570/2570  
*00080933802*  
*00080933802*  
* 0 0 0 8 0 9 3 3 8 0 2 *  
( YOSH )  
*OME56360E30*  
*OME56360E30*  
* O M E 5 6 3 6 0 E 3 0 *  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Distress Alert Calling Procedure  
Below is the procedure for transmitting a distress alert via radiotelephone. Transmit the  
distress alert when a life-endangering situation occurs on your vessel.  
1. Open the DISTRESS button cover and press the [DISTRESS] button more than three  
seconds to show the following display, then release the [DISTRESS] button.  
Distress  
call in progress!  
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED  
POS: 12˚34N 123˚45E AT 12:34  
TELEPHONE  
2182.0 KHZ  
2187.5 KHZ  
30S  
DSC FREQ  
:
TIME TO GO :  
2. After the distress call has been transmitted, the following displays appear in order.  
Wait for distress  
acknowledgement.  
Distress acknowledge  
call received.  
FROM COAST: 001234567  
SHIP IN DIST: 123456789  
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED  
POS:12˚34N 123˚45E AT 12:34  
When distress call is  
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED  
TELEPHONE  
DSC FREQ :  
TIME TO GO:  
2182.0 KHZ  
POS:12˚34N 123˚45E AT 12:34  
acknowledged by coast  
station (usually within  
1 min to 2 min 45 seconds)  
2187.5 KHZ  
2M10S  
2182.0 KHZ  
TELEPHONE  
STOP ALARM  
3. The audio alarm sounds; press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm.  
4. Communicate with the coast station via radiotelephone as below. (In the dual control  
unit system, communication can be done from any control unit, after the distress alert  
has been transmitted. To restore priority to the #1 control unit after completion of  
distress communications, turn it off and on again.)  
a) Say MAYDAY three times.  
b) Say “This is …” name of your vessel and your call sign three times.  
c) Give nature of distress and assistance needed.  
d) Give description of your vessel (type, number of persons onboard, etc.) and any other  
information which may aid in rescue.  
i
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS  
WARNING  
ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD  
Do not open the equipment.  
DANGER  
Never touch the SSB antenna, antenna  
coupler or lead-in insulator when the  
SSB radiotelephone is transmitting.  
Only qualified personnel  
should work inside the  
equipment.  
High voltage which will cause death or  
serious injury is present at the locations  
shown in the illustration below when the  
SSB radiotelephone is transmitting.  
Immediately turn off the power at the  
switchboard if water leaks into the  
equipment or something is dropped in  
the equipment.  
Antenna  
Wire  
Indoor  
Antenna Wire  
(High Voltage)  
Continued use of the equipment can cause  
fire or electrical shock. Contact a FURUNO  
agent for service.  
Lead-in  
Insulator  
(High  
Antenna  
Coupler  
Voltage)  
Do not disassemble or modify the  
equipment.  
Fire, electrical shock or serious injury can  
result.  
Immediately turn off the power at the  
switchboard if the equipment is emitting  
smoke or fire.  
Continued use of the equipment can cause  
fire or electrical shock. Contact a FURUNO  
agent for service.  
Do not operate the equipment with wet  
hands.  
Electrical shock can result.  
CAUTION  
Use the proper fuse.  
Use of the wrong fuse can cause serious  
damage to the equipment and void the  
warranty.  
ii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
WARNING LABEL  
CAUTION  
Do not operate the [DISTRESS] button  
except in case of a life-endangering  
situation on your vessel.  
A warning label is attached to the  
transceiver unit and a danger label is  
attached to the antenna coupler.  
Do not remove the labels.  
If a label is missing or illegible,  
contact a FURUNO agent or dealer  
about replacement.  
If the distress alert is accidentally  
transmitted, contact the nearest coast  
station and inform them of the accidental  
transmission as follows:  
Name: Warning Label (1)  
WARNING  
Type: 86-003-1011-1  
Code No.: 100-236-231  
To avoid electrical shock, do not  
remove cover. No user-serviceable  
parts inside.  
a) Ship's name  
TRANSCEIVER  
UNIT  
b) Ship's call sign and DSC number  
c) Position at time of transmission  
d) Time of transmission  
Name: Danger Label  
Type: 05-062-0213-0  
Code No.: 100-199-230  
Hazardous voltage.  
DANGER  
,
,
This equipment is intended for maritime  
use. Do not use it in other applications.  
Can shock burn  
or cause death.  
Do not touch antenna  
,
wire insulator and  
terminal.  
ANTENNA  
COUPLER  
iii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TABLE OF CONTENTS  
FOREWORD ........................................................................................................ ix  
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION................................................................................ xi  
SPECIFICATIONS........................................................................................... SP-1  
1 OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW.........................................................................1-1  
1.1 Controls....................................................................................................................... 1-1  
1.2 Turning the Power On/Off............................................................................................ 1-2  
1.3 Panel Dimmer, LCD Contrast....................................................................................... 1-2  
1.4 Indications ................................................................................................................... 1-3  
1.4.1 DSC standby screen......................................................................................... 1-3  
1.4.2 Radiotelephone screen..................................................................................... 1-3  
1.5 Loudspeaker................................................................................................................ 1-4  
1.6 Scanning Routine DSC Frequencies ........................................................................... 1-4  
1.7 Automatic Acknowledge On/Off.................................................................................... 1-5  
1.8 Manual Entry of Position and Time .............................................................................. 1-5  
1.9 System Characteristics................................................................................................ 1-7  
1.9.1 Equipment priority............................................................................................. 1-7  
1.9.2 Controls become inoperative............................................................................ 1-7  
1.9.3 Controls become operative............................................................................... 1-7  
1.9.4 Automatic setting of working frequency............................................................. 1-7  
1.10 Power Supply Unit (option)........................................................................................ 1-8  
2 SSB RADIOTELEPHONE.............................................................................2-1  
2.1 Transmitting................................................................................................................. 2-1  
2.1.1 Choosing class of emission .............................................................................. 2-1  
2.1.2 Choosing channel, frequency ........................................................................... 2-2  
2.1.3 Tuning .............................................................................................................. 2-3  
2.1.4 Using the handset............................................................................................. 2-4  
2.1.5 Monitoring transceiver output power................................................................. 2-4  
2.1.6 Reducing transmitter power.............................................................................. 2-5  
2.1.7 Displaying IA, IC, VC or RF .............................................................................. 2-5  
2.2 Receiving..................................................................................................................... 2-6  
2.2.1 RF gain (sensitivity) adjustment........................................................................ 2-6  
2.2.2 S-meter ............................................................................................................ 2-6  
2.2.3 Monitoring traffic on intended transmit frequency.............................................. 2-6  
2.2.4 Receiving AM broadcasting stations................................................................. 2-6  
2.2.5 Squelch control, squelch frequency.................................................................. 2-7  
2.2.6 Noise blanker ................................................................................................... 2-7  
2.3 Intercom ...................................................................................................................... 2-8  
2.4 Telex Communications................................................................................................. 2-8  
2.5 When Automatic Tuning Fails ...................................................................................... 2-9  
iv  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2.6 User Channels ...........................................................................................................2-10  
2.6.1 Registering user channels...............................................................................2-10  
2.6.2 Deleting user channels....................................................................................2-12  
2.7 FAX Enable/Disable...................................................................................................2-12  
2.8 Speaker Setting in Off Hook.......................................................................................2-13  
3 DSC OVERVIEW ...........................................................................................3-1  
3.1 What is DSC? ..............................................................................................................3-1  
3.2 DSC Call......................................................................................................................3-1  
3.2.1 Distress alert call and reply...............................................................................3-3  
3.2.2 Individual call ....................................................................................................3-4  
3.3 Audio Alarms................................................................................................................3-4  
3.4 Interpreting Call Displays .............................................................................................3-5  
3.4.1 Receive calls.....................................................................................................3-5  
3.4.2 Send calls.........................................................................................................3-7  
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS ............................................................................4-1  
4.1 Sending Distress Alert..................................................................................................4-1  
4.1.1 Sending distress alert by DISTRESS button, nature of distress not specified....4-1  
4.1.2 Sending distress alert by DISTRESS button, nature of distress specified..........4-3  
4.2 Receiving a Distress Alert ............................................................................................4-6  
4.2.1 Distress alert received on MF band...................................................................4-7  
4.2.2 Distress alert received on HF band...................................................................4-9  
4.3 Sending Distress Relay on Behalf of a Ship in Distress..............................................4-13  
4.3.1 Sending distress relay to coast station............................................................4-13  
4.3.2 Sending distress relay to all ships...................................................................4-16  
4.4 Receiving Distress Relay All Ships.............................................................................4-19  
4.5 Receiving Distress Relay from Coast Station .............................................................4-19  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING..................................................................................5-1  
5.1 All Ships Call................................................................................................................5-1  
5.1.1 Sending an all ships call....................................................................................5-1  
5.1.2 Receiving an all ships call.................................................................................5-3  
5.2 Individual Call...............................................................................................................5-4  
5.2.1 Sending an individual call..................................................................................5-4  
5.2.2 Receiving an individual call.............................................................................5-10  
5.3 Group Call..................................................................................................................5-15  
5.3.1 Sending a group call .......................................................................................5-15  
5.3.2 Receiving a group call.....................................................................................5-18  
5.4 Geographical Area Call ..............................................................................................5-19  
5.4.1 Sending a geographical area call....................................................................5-19  
5.4.2 Receiving a geographical area call..................................................................5-22  
5.5 Neutral Craft Call........................................................................................................5-23  
5.5.1 Sending a neutral craft call..............................................................................5-23  
5.5.2 Receiving a neutral craft call ...........................................................................5-25  
5.6 Medical Transport Call ...............................................................................................5-26  
5.6.1 Sending a medical transport call .....................................................................5-26  
5.6.2 Receiving a medical transport call...................................................................5-27  
v
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5.7 Polling Call ................................................................................................................ 5-28  
5.7.1 Sending a polling call...................................................................................... 5-28  
5.7.2 Receiving a polling call................................................................................... 5-31  
5.8 Position Call .............................................................................................................. 5-33  
5.8.1 Position call: requesting other ship’s position.................................................. 5-34  
5.8.2 Position call: other ship requests your position ............................................... 5-36  
5.9 PSTN Call.................................................................................................................. 5-38  
5.9.1 Sending a PSTN call, receiving acknowledge back (ACK BQ) ........................... 5-38  
5.9.2 Receiving a PSTN call, sending acknowledge back (ACK BQ)....................... 5-42  
5.9.3 PSTN call disconnection, receiving charge information  
(ship disconnects line) .................................................................................. 5-43  
5.9.4 PSTN call disconnection, receiving charge information (coast station  
disconnects line)........................................................................................... 5-44  
5.10 Log File.................................................................................................................... 5-45  
5.10.1 Opening a log file.......................................................................................... 5-45  
5.11 Erasing Message Files............................................................................................. 5-46  
6 PREPARING TX CALLS ...............................................................................6-1  
6.1 Preparing Individual Calls............................................................................................ 6-1  
6.2 Preparing Group Calls ................................................................................................. 6-4  
6.3 Preparing Geographical Area Calls.............................................................................. 6-5  
6.4 Preparing PSTN Calls.................................................................................................. 6-7  
6.5 Preparing Test Calls..................................................................................................... 6-8  
6.6 Sending Prepared Calls............................................................................................... 6-9  
6.7 Deleting Send Message Files .................................................................................... 6-10  
6.8 Printing List of Send Message Files........................................................................... 6-10  
7 DSC/WATCH RECEIVER SETUP.................................................................7-1  
7.1 Setting Alarms ............................................................................................................. 7-1  
7.2 Auto Ack Menu............................................................................................................. 7-2  
7.3 Printing Messages....................................................................................................... 7-3  
7.4 Setting Scan Frequencies............................................................................................ 7-4  
7.4.1 Distress frequencies......................................................................................... 7-4  
7.4.2 Routine frequencies.......................................................................................... 7-4  
7.5 Adjusting Volume......................................................................................................... 7-6  
8 NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW.........................................................................8-1  
8.1 Turning on the NBDP System...................................................................................... 8-1  
8.2 Description of Equipment............................................................................................. 8-2  
8.2.1 Terminal unit..................................................................................................... 8-2  
8.2.2 Keyboard.......................................................................................................... 8-3  
8.3 Function Keys, Menu Operation .................................................................................. 8-4  
8.3.1 Menu conventions ............................................................................................ 8-4  
8.3.2 Menu overview ................................................................................................. 8-5  
8.3.3 Function key description................................................................................... 8-6  
vi  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9 NBDP PREPARATIONS................................................................................9-1  
9.1 Registering Answerback Code & ID Codes ..................................................................9-1  
9.1.1 Registering answerback code...........................................................................9-1  
9.1.2 Registering ID codes.........................................................................................9-2  
9.2 Station List ...................................................................................................................9-2  
9.2.1 Registering stations...........................................................................................9-3  
9.2.2 Editing/Deleting stations....................................................................................9-4  
9.3 Timer Programming......................................................................................................9-5  
9.3.1 Registering timer programs...............................................................................9-5  
9.3.2 Editing/Deleting timer programs........................................................................9-6  
9.4 User Channels .............................................................................................................9-6  
9.4.1 Registering user channels.................................................................................9-6  
9.4.2 Editing/Deleting user channels..........................................................................9-7  
9.5 Scan Channel Groups..................................................................................................9-7  
9.5.1 Registering scan channel groups......................................................................9-7  
9.5.2 Editing/Deleting scan channel groups ...............................................................9-8  
10 NBDP FILE OPERATIONS..........................................................................10-1  
10.1 Opening and Closing Files .......................................................................................10-1  
10.2 Creating Files...........................................................................................................10-1  
10.3 Saving a File............................................................................................................10-3  
10.3.1 Formatting floppy disks .................................................................................10-3  
10.3.2 Saving a file ..................................................................................................10-4  
10.4 Editing Files .............................................................................................................10-5  
10.4.1 Cutting and pasting text ................................................................................10-5  
10.4.2 Copying and pasting text...............................................................................10-6  
10.4.3 Select all.......................................................................................................10-6  
10.4.4 Searching text...............................................................................................10-6  
10.4.5 Replacing text...............................................................................................10-7  
10.4.6 Goto line .......................................................................................................10-7  
10.4.7 Goto top, Goto bottom...................................................................................10-8  
10.5 Opening Files...........................................................................................................10-8  
10.5.1 Opening a file................................................................................................10-8  
10.5.2 Switching between files.................................................................................10-8  
10.6 Renaming Files........................................................................................................10-9  
10.7 Saving a File Under a New Name ............................................................................10-9  
10.8 Deleting Files ...........................................................................................................10-9  
10.9 Real Time Printing....................................................................................................10-9  
10.10 Printing Files ........................................................................................................10-10  
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING ......................................................... 11-1  
11.1 Manual Calling ......................................................................................................... 11-1  
11.2 ARQ Mode Operation............................................................................................... 11-3  
11.3 FEC Mode Operation................................................................................................ 11-5  
11.4 Choosing Receive Mode .......................................................................................... 11-5  
11.5 Communication Example.......................................................................................... 11-6  
vii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
11.6 Timer Operation........................................................................................................11-8  
11.6.1 Enabling timer operation................................................................................11-8  
11.6.2 Stopping timer operation................................................................................11-9  
11.7 Scanning...................................................................................................................11-9  
11.8 Communication Buffer.............................................................................................11-10  
11.9 Preparing Macrofiles for Automatic Telex ................................................................11-10  
11.9.1 Automatic telex overview .............................................................................11-10  
11.9.2 Preparations ................................................................................................ 11-11  
11.9.3 Commands ..................................................................................................11-12  
11.9.4 Store-and-forward method ...........................................................................11-13  
DIRTLX macrofile...................................................................................................11-15  
11.10 Automatic Telex using Macrofile............................................................................11-17  
12 MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................12-1  
12.1 Daily Test................................................................................................................. 12-1  
12.2 Radiotelephone Test................................................................................................ 12-2  
12.3 Antenna Coupler Test .............................................................................................. 12-2  
12.4 Maintenance............................................................................................................ 12-3  
12.5 Replacement of Fuses............................................................................................. 12-4  
12.6 Simple Troubleshooting ........................................................................................... 12-5  
12.7 Error Messages ....................................................................................................... 12-5  
12.8 Test Call................................................................................................................... 12-7  
12.9 NBDP Terminal Unit Maintenance............................................................................ 12-9  
12.9.1 Cleaning the equipment................................................................................ 12-9  
12.9.2 Connectors and earth connection................................................................. 12-9  
12.9.3 Floppy disk drive........................................................................................... 12-9  
12.9.4 Diagnostics..................................................................................................12-10  
APPENDIX ......................................................................................................AP-1  
Menu Tree.......................................................................................................................AP-1  
Frequency Tables............................................................................................................AP-4  
Telex Abbreviations........................................................................................................AP-17  
Digital Interface (IEC 61162-1).......................................................................................AP-18  
Parts List .......................................................................................................................AP-23  
Parts Location ...............................................................................................................AP-26  
INDEX............................................................................................................... IN-1  
Declaration of conformity  
viii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
FOREWORD  
Thank you for purchasing the FS-1570 (150 W)/FS-2570 (250 W) SSB Radiotelephone.  
We are confident you will discover why FURUNO has become synonymous with quality  
and reliability.  
Dedicated in the design and manufacture of marine electronics equipment for over half a  
century, FURUNO Electric Company has gained an unrivaled reputation as a world leader  
in the industry. This is the result of our technical excellence as well as our worldwide  
distribution and service network.  
Please carefully read and follow the safety information and operating and maintenance  
instructions set forth in this manual before attempting to operate the equipment and  
conduct any maintenance. Your unit will perform to the utmost of its ability only if it is  
operated and maintained in accordance with the correct procedures.  
Note: The example screens shown in this manual may not match the screens you see on  
your display. The screen you see depends on your system configuration and equipment  
settings.  
Features  
The FS-1570/FS-2570 is an MF/HF SSB Radiotelephone with a built-in DSC/Watch  
Receiver, all contained in a surprisingly compact cabinet. An NBDP (Narrow Band Direct  
Printing) Terminal Unit is optionally available.  
Data is displayed on a large, easy-to-read backlit LCD. Operation is simplified by the use  
of few keys and easy-to-follow menus.  
The built-in DSC/watch receiver produces and receives digital selective calls for quick and  
efficient establishment of distress, urgency, safety and routine communications with other  
ships and coast stations that install any MF/HF DSC facilities.  
The main features are  
General  
• Fully meets the following regulations: IMO A.694(17), IMO A.804(19), IMO A.806(19),  
IMO A.813(19), IMO MSC 68(68), IEC 60945, IEC 61907-3/8/9, IEC-61162-1,  
EIV-300/338, ITU-R M.493-10, M.541-8, M.1082-1, EN 300 373, EN 300 338, EN 300  
033 and ETS 300 067.  
• One-touch testing facility  
• Automatic entry of position with manual override  
• Optional printer can automatically print out DSC and NBDP received messages and test  
results.  
ix  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DSC/watch receiver  
• Distress, safety and routine calling  
• Scanning of DSC frequencies for distress and general calls on MF/HF  
• File editing capability for readiness in case of emergency  
• PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Network) capability standard  
• Log stores 50 each of latest ordinary, distress and transmitted messages, in separate  
memory blocks.  
NBDP (with optional NBDP Terminal Unit IB-581/IB-583)  
• Automatic error-free telex communications and distress message in compliance with  
GMDSS requirements  
• LCD monitor and keyboard comply with ITU regulations  
• Pop-up menus for user-friendly operation  
• Memory for 100 operator-customized channels  
• Real time message printing with Printer PP-510  
Program Number  
PC Board  
MAIN (Transceiver Unit)  
PANEL 1 (#1 Control Unit)  
PANEL 2 (#2 Control Unit)  
MODEM (DSC)  
Program No.  
0550205101  
0550206101  
0550206101  
0550207101  
0550208101  
On Display  
Ver. 01  
Remarks  
FS-1570T/FS-2570T  
FS-2570C  
Ver. 01  
Ver. 01  
Ver. 01  
Ver. 01  
Optional unit  
NBDP MODEM  
Optional pcb  
Terminal Unit IB-581 (optional unit)  
PC Board  
Program No.  
0550210122  
On Display  
Remarks  
Terminal Unit  
Ver. 1.22  
Terminal Unit IB-583 (optional unit)  
PC Board  
Program No.  
0550209122  
On Display  
Remarks  
Terminal Unit  
Ver. 1.22  
x
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION  
FS-2570 (250 W)  
*
**  
#
#
# = 2.6 m  
whip  
Antenna Coupler  
AT-1560-25  
PREAMP  
FAX-5  
PREAMP  
FAX-5  
antenna  
LOUDSPEAKER  
SEM-21Q  
NAVIGATOR  
RX BOARD**  
CONTROLLER 1  
CONTROL UNIT  
FS-2570C  
HANDSET  
HS-2001  
INCOMING  
INDICATOR  
IC-303-DSC  
PRINTER  
PP-510  
TRANSCEIVER  
UNIT  
PRINTER  
INTERFACE  
IF-8500*  
NBDP TERMINAL UNIT  
IB-581/IB-583  
24 VDC  
FS-2570T  
TELEX DISTRESS  
ALERT BUTTON  
IC-302-DSC  
* = Required for NBDP Terminal  
and DSC to share printer.  
24 VDC  
or  
CONTROL UNIT  
FS-2570C  
DISTRESS MESSAGE  
CONTROLLER  
DMC-5  
CONTROLLER 2  
* = For distress watch keeping receiver  
** = For DSC general frequency  
watch keeping receiver  
POWER STATUS  
AC/DC POWER  
SUPPLY UNIT  
PR-850A  
MONITOR  
PSM-01  
SHIP'S MAINS  
100-115/200-230 VAC  
24 VDC  
1φ, 50/60 Hz  
: STANDARD  
Unit  
Category  
Exposed to weather  
Exposed to weather  
Protected from weather  
Preamp Unit  
Antenna Coupler  
Other Units  
: OPTION  
: EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT  
xi  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
FS-1570 (150 W)  
#
2.6 m whip  
antenna  
Antenna Coupler  
AT-1560-25  
PREAMP  
FAX-5  
LOUDSPEAKER  
SEM-21Q  
NAVIGATOR  
CONTROLLER 1  
CONTROL UNIT  
FS-2570C  
HANDSET  
HS-2001  
INCOMING  
INDICATOR  
IC-303-DSC  
PRINTER  
PP-510  
TRANSCEIVER  
UNIT  
PRINTER  
INTERFACE  
IF-8500*  
TELEX DISTRESS  
ALERT BUTTON  
IC-302-DSC  
FS-1570T  
NBDP TERMINAL UNIT  
IB-581/IB-583  
24 VDC  
* = Required for NBDP Terminal  
or  
24 VDC  
and DSC to share printer.  
DISTRESS MESSAGE  
CONTROLLER  
DMC-5  
CONTROL UNIT  
FS-2570C  
CONTROLLER 2  
# = For distress watch keeping receiver  
AC/DC POWER  
SUPPLY UNIT  
PR-300  
POWER STATUS  
MONITOR  
PSM-01  
SHIP'S MAINS  
100-115/200-230 VAC  
24 VDC  
1φ, 50/60 Hz  
: STANDARD  
: OPTION  
Unit  
Category  
Exposed to weather  
Exposed to weather  
Protected from weather  
Preamp Unit  
Antenna Coupler  
Other Units  
: EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT  
xii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SPECIFICATIONS OF SSB RADIOTELEPHONE  
FS-1570/2570  
1
MF/HF DIGITAL RADIOTELEPHONE  
1.1 GENERAL  
1.1.1 Communication System Semi-duplex or simplex  
1.1.2 Class of Emission  
J3E: Telephone  
J2B (F1B): DSC or NBDP  
H3E: reception only  
1.1.3 Frequency Range  
1.1.4 Number of Channel  
100.00 kHz to 29,999.99 kHz  
User programmable: 255 TX/RX pairs  
All ITU channels incorporated (include DSC/NBDP channels)  
2182 kHz (single action)  
1.1.5 Display Method  
1.1.6 Backlight  
Monochrome LCD (120 x 64 dots)  
8 tones  
1.1.7 Contrast  
64 steps  
1.1.8 Warming up  
1 minute approx. (oven 20 minutes approx.)  
1.2 TRANSMITTER  
1.2.1 Frequency Range  
1.2.2 RF output Power  
1.2.3 Frequency Resolution  
1,606.5 kHz to 26.175 MHz (100 Hz steps)  
FS-1570: 150 Wpep, FS-2570: 250 Wpep  
Within ±10 Hz  
1.2.4 Modulation AF Response 350 Hz to 2.7 kHz  
1.2.5 Modulation System  
1.2.6 AF Input  
Low power balanced modulation  
-46 dBm/600 ohms (Handset/Microphone)  
-10 dBm/600 ohms (Handset HS-2001)  
0 dBm/600 ohms  
1.2.7 Line in  
1.3 RECEIVER  
1.3.1 Receiving System  
1.3.2 Frequency Range  
1.3.3 Sensitivity  
Double-conversion superheterodyne  
100 kHz 29,999.9 kHz (10 Hz steps)  
Input level at 10 ohms+250 pF (below 4 MHz) and 50 ohms  
(above 4MHz) to produce SINAD 20 dB  
Frequency Range  
100 kHz to 300 kHz  
300 kHz to 1.6 MHz  
1.6 MHz to 4.0 MHz  
4.0 MHz to 30 MHz  
J3E/H3E  
35 dBmV  
25 dBmV  
13 dBmV  
7 dBmV  
1.4 Intermediate Frequency  
1.5 Selectivity  
1st: 72,455 kHz, 2nd: 455 kHz  
J3E: 2.4kHz at -6dB, H3E: 6kHz at -6dB  
J2B (F1B): 300Hz at -6dB  
Better than 80 dBmV  
1.6 Inter-modulation  
1.7 Spurious Response  
1.8 AGC  
Better than 70 dB  
SLOW/FAST/OFF  
1.9 BFO Frequency  
Telex/DSC: 1,700 Hz, Facsimile: 1,900 Hz  
SP - 1  
E5637S01E-M  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
1.10 Audio Output Power  
1.11 Standard Features  
Internal speaker: 1W/ 8 ohms  
External speaker: 4W/ 4 ohms  
Handset: 2.5mW/ 150 ohms  
Line output: 0 dBm/ 600 ohms  
Noise Blanker, Voice-activated squelch, Pre-selector  
2
DSC/WATCH KEEPING RECEIVER  
2.1 DIGITAL SELECTIVE CALLING  
2.1.1 Frequency Shift  
2.1.2 Baud Rate  
2.1.3 Protocol  
Space: 1785.0 ± 0.5 Hz, Mark: 1615.0 ± 0.5 Hz  
100 bps ± 30 x 10-6  
Complies with ITU-R Rec.493-10, 541-8, 1082-1  
AFSK  
2.1.4 Modulation  
2.1.5 Distress Alarm  
3.5 s to 4.5 s self-repetition  
2.1.6 Distress Alarm Memory 50 messages  
2.2 DSC/WATCH RECEIVER  
2.2.1 Frequency Range  
MF/HF specification  
MF specification  
2187.5/ 8414.5 and 4207.5/ 6312/12577/16804.5 kHz  
2187.5 kHz  
2.2.2 Class of Emission  
2.2.3 Antenna Impedance  
2.2.4 Local Oscillator  
2.2.5 Frequency Stability  
F1B, J2B  
50 ohms  
1st: F+54,455 kHz, 2nd: 54,000 kHz, 3rd: 456.7 kHz  
±10 Hz  
2.2.6 Intermediate Frequency 1st: 54,455 kHz, 2nd: 455 kHz  
2.2.7 Selectivity  
-6 dB: 270 Hz to 300 Hz,  
-30 dB: within ± 380 Hz,  
-60 dB: within ± 550 Hz  
2.2.8 Receiving System  
2.2.9 Radiation  
Double-conversion superheterodyne  
within 2 nW  
2.2.10 RX Error Rate  
2.2.11 Spurious Response  
1 % or less at 1 mV input voltage  
31.6 mV non-modulated at 10mV input voltage,  
at error rate within 1%  
2.2.12 Scanning Reception  
2.2.13 Diagnosis  
max. 6 frequencies within 2 s (MF/HF)  
Transmit high frequency signal of DSC  
2.3 GENERAL WATCH KEEPING RECEIVER (FS-2570 ONLY, OPTION)  
2.3.1 Frequency Range  
2.3.2 Class of Emission  
2.3.3 Antenna Impedance  
2.3.4 Local Oscillator  
1,606.5 kHz to 27.5 MHz  
J2B, F1B  
50 ohms  
1st: F+54,455 kHz, 2nd: 54,000 kHz, 3rd: 456.7 kHz  
within ±10 Hz  
2.3.5 Frequency Stability  
2.3.6 Intermediate Frequency 1st: 54,455 kHz, 2nd: 455 kHz  
2.3.7 Selectivity  
-6 dB: 270 Hz to 300 Hz,  
-30 dB: within ± 380 Hz,  
SP - 2  
E5637S01E-M  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
-60 dB: within ±550 Hz  
2.3.8 Receiving System  
2.3.9 Radiation  
Double-conversion superheterodyne  
within 2 nW  
2.3.10 RX Error Rate  
2.3.11 Spurious Response  
1 % or less at 1 mV input voltage  
31.6 mV non-modulated at 10mV input voltage,  
at error rate within 1%  
2.3.12 Scanning Reception  
2.3.13 Diagnosis  
max. 6 frequencies within 2 s (MF/HF)  
Transmit high frequency signal of DSC  
3
NBDP FUNCTION (OPTION)  
3.1 GENERAL  
3.1.1 Communication Mode  
3.1.2 Protocol  
ID code  
ARQ, FEC, DIRC (FSK)  
ITU-R M625-3, M476-5, M490, M491-1, M492-6  
4, 5, 9 column  
Line cord  
4B/3Y (Intl.)  
Modulation  
AFSK  
Tone frequency  
Tracking range  
3.1.3 Applications  
Auto-reception  
Frequency scanning  
User-channels  
1615/1785Hz ± 0.5 Hz (mark/space)  
±80 Hz  
Setting timer and frequency (max. 10 settings available)  
10 group max., 20 station as each group  
100 channels max.  
4
TERMINAL UNIT  
4.1 IB-583  
4.1.1 Display  
4.1.2 CPU  
10.4” color TFT LCD, 640 x 480 dots  
HD6417615 (15.5 MHz)  
4.1.3 Memory  
4.1.4 FD Drive  
4.1.5 Keyboard  
4.1.6 Other functions  
Flash ROM: 1 MB, S-RAM: 256 KB  
1.44MB 3.5”  
82 keys, IBM PS/2  
Text editor, FD control, Printer, Remote control for Transceiver,  
Diagnosis  
4.2 IB-581  
4.2.1 Display  
4.2.2 CPU  
9.5” monochrome LCD, 680 x 480 dots  
ALI M6117 (33 MHz)  
4.2.3 Memory  
4.2.4 FD Drive  
4.2.5 Keyboard  
Flash ROM 2 MB, DRAM 2 MB  
1.44MB 3.5”  
82 keys, IBM PS/2  
5
ANTENNA COUPLER  
5.1 Tuning System  
5.2 Frequency Range  
5.3 Input Impedance  
5.4 Antenna  
CPU controlled fully automatic tuning system  
1.6 MHz to 27.5Hz  
50 ohms  
7m to 30m wire or whip antenna  
SP - 3  
E5637S01E-M  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5.5 Power Capability  
5.6 VSWR  
150 W (FS-1570), 250 W (FS-2570)  
1.5 max  
5.7 Tuning Speed  
5.8 Dummy Load  
Within 15 s  
FS-1570: 10 ohms + 250 pF/100W mounted in coupler  
FS-2570: 10 ohms + 250 pF/200W mounted in coupler  
6
INTERFACE  
6.1 Input data sentences  
Ship’s Position (L/L)  
Time  
IEC 61162-1 (NMEA 0183-3)  
GGA>RMC>GLL  
ZDA  
7
POWER SUPPLY  
7.1 Transceiver Unit/Control Unit  
FS-1570  
24 VDC: 0.8 A, max. 20 A (TX)  
24 VDC: 1.5 A, max. 35 A (TX)  
IB-583: 24 VDC: 0.6 A  
IB-581: 24 VDC: 0.8 A  
24 VDC: 1.5 A  
FS-2570  
7.2 Terminal Unit  
7.3 Printer  
7.4 AC/DC Power Supply Unit (option)  
100/110/115/220/230VAC, 1 phase, 50/60 Hz  
8
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION  
8.1 Ambient Temperature  
8.2 Relative Humidity  
8.3 Water proofing  
(IEC 60529)  
-15°C to +55°C  
93 or less at 40°C  
Control Unit (Panel): IPX2  
Transceiver Unit/ Terminal Unit: IPX0  
Antenna Coupler: IPX5  
IEC 60945  
8.4 Vibration  
9
COATING COLOR  
9.1 Control Unit/ Terminal Unit Panel: N3.0, Cover: 2.5GY5/1.5  
9.2 Transceiver Unit  
9.3 Antenna Coupler  
2.5GY5/1.5  
N9.5 (white)  
SP - 4  
E5637S01E-M  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
1 OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW  
1.1 Controls  
RT  
2182  
DSC  
ABC  
TEST  
DEF  
1
4
7
DISTRESS  
2
5
8
0
3
IntCom  
GHI  
ACK/SQ  
ABC  
SCAN  
MNO  
6
PUSH TO ENTER  
ALARM  
PRINT  
TUV  
9
CANCEL  
WXYZ  
PQRS  
FILE  
CURSOR  
LOG  
TUNE  
SETUP  
#
CALL  
*
POWER  
OVEN  
ENTER knob  
Description of controls  
Function  
Control  
POWER switch  
Turns the power on/off.  
DISTRESS  
button  
Press and hold down the button more than three seconds to transmit the  
distress alert.  
CALL key  
Transmits calls.  
ENTER knob  
Radiotelephone: Rotate to change TX/RX channel, sensitivity, audio  
volume, etc.; push to register selection.  
DSC: Rotate to choose menu items; push to register selection.  
CANCEL key  
• Cancels wrong data.  
• Restores previous menu.  
• Silences audio alarm.  
• Cancels transmission, printing.  
• Erases error message.  
1/ RT/2182 key  
Switches to the radiotelephone screen. Press and hold down more than  
two seconds to get 2182.0 kHz/J3E automatically.  
2/DSC key  
Composes DSC TX message.  
3/TEST key  
4/IntCom key  
5/ ACK/SQ key  
Executes daily test.  
Turns on/off the intercom with other Control Unit FS-2570C.  
DSC: Switches automatic and manual acknowledge alternately.  
Radiotelephone: Turns squelch on and off.  
• Displays DSC standby screen.  
6/SCAN key  
• Starts/stops scanning of DSC routine frequencies, on the DSC standby  
screen.  
1-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
1 OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW  
• Turns loudspeaker on/off.  
7/ key  
(Note that this key does not silence the distress or urgency alarm.)  
8/PRINT key  
Prints communications log files, current screen (except DSC standby  
screen and radiotelephone screen) and test results.  
Adjusts panel dimmer and LCD contrast.  
9/  
key  
FILE/CURSOR  
key  
• Opens the send message file list from the DSC standby screen, to send  
stored message.  
• Shifts cursor.  
LOG/TUNE key  
• Tunes antenna in radiotelephone operation.  
• Displays message logs, in DSC operation.  
Opens the Setup menu.  
#/SETUP key  
ALARM lamp  
• Flashes in red for distress and urgency calls.  
• Flashes in green (more rapidly) for business, safety and routine calls.  
Lights (in green) when mains switchboard is on.  
OVEN lamp  
1.2 Turning the Power On/Off  
Press the [POWER] switch at the right-hand side of the control unit to power the system.  
Press it again to turn the system off. In the dual control unit system, the control unit  
connected to the CONTROLLER 1 port on the transceiver unit has priority and it controls  
the power for both the No.1 and No. 2 control units. The power switch of the No. 2 control  
unit powers on/off the No. 2 control unit only.  
Note: Turn on ship’s mains five minutes before turning on this equipment.  
1.3 Panel Dimmer, LCD Contrast  
1. Press the [9/ ] key to show the dimmer/contrast adjustment window.  
DIMMER  
(1~8)  
6
CONTRAST  
(40~63)  
45  
EXIT:[ENT]  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DIMMER or CONTRAST, whichever you want to  
adjust, and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
CONTRAST (40-63)  
DIMMER (1-8)  
55  
6
Dimmer adjustment window Contrast adjustment window  
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to adjust and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
4. To quit, rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose “EXIT: [ENT]” and then push the [ENTER]  
knob.  
1-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
1 OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW  
1.4 Indications  
1.4.1 DSC standby screen  
The DSC standby screen may be displayed by pressing the [6/SCAN] key.  
Acknowledge status  
(AUTO ACK or MANUAL ACK)  
WATCH KEEPING  
DISTRESS  
AUTO ACK  
Distress and routine frequencies  
scanned in clockwise direction,  
and frequency currently being  
scanned is highlighted.  
2187.5  
6312.0  
8414.5  
4207.5  
16804.5  
12577.0  
ROUTINE  
2177.0  
6331.0  
8436.5  
4219.5  
One cycle is completed  
16903.0  
12657.0  
in less than two seconds.  
For how to choose scan  
35°00.000N  
135°00.000E 23:59  
MANUAL  
frequencies, see paragraph 1.6.  
Position and time. "MANUAL" shown  
when these are input manually.  
DSC standby screen  
1.4.2 Radiotelephone screen  
Press the [1/ RT/2182] key to show the radiotelephone screen. This is where you set up  
the radiotelephone.  
Communications Mode  
(Duplex or Simplex, display only)  
Class of Emission (SSB, TLX, AM)  
Channel  
MODE: SSB  
SIMP  
HIGH  
Output Power  
(HIGH, MID or  
LOW)  
CH: 200  
TX Frequency  
TX: 2182.0  
KHZ  
KHZ  
RX Frequency  
AGC, Squelch  
RX: 2182.00  
AGC : FAST SQ  
SEN  
VOL  
NB  
Noise Blanker  
S
IA  
S-meter  
Antenna Current (IA)  
(or IC, VC, RF)  
Sensitivity  
Volume  
0.0A  
Radiotelephone screen  
Note: “TX” is circumscribed with a rectangle when transmitting.  
1-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
1 OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW  
1.5 Loudspeaker  
1. Press the [7/ ] key to alternately disable or enable the loudspeaker and the alarm  
generated for routine messages. SOUND: ON or SOUND: OFF appears with each  
press.  
2. To adjust loudspeaker volume do the following:  
The method of adjustment depends on the setting of “VOLUME INPUT” in the Setup  
menu (radiotelephone).  
For EASY  
a) Press the [1/RT 2182] key to show the radiotelephone screen.  
VOL (at the bottom of the screen) is chosen.  
b) Rotate the [ENTER] knob to adjust volume and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
VOL  
"OFF" shown when loudspeaker is off.  
Note: For the “EASY” setting, the equipment does the following:  
• “VOL” is automatically chosen after one minute even if an option other than  
“VOL” is selected.  
• When the setting is changed to other than “VOL” and the [ENTER] knob is  
pushed, “VOL” is automatically chosen.  
For NORMAL  
a) Press the [1/RT 2182] key to show the radiotelephone screen.  
The last-chosen item is selected.  
b) Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose VOL at the bottom of the screen and then push the  
[ENTER] knob.  
c) Rotate the [ENTER] knob to adjust volume and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
1.6 Scanning Routine DSC Frequencies  
You can scan frequencies when using the DSC mode. For how to set frequencies, see  
paragraph 7.4. Radiotelephone and telex are inoperative while scanning. However, in  
case of the FS-2570, those modes may be used during scanning when the optional  
internal watch keeping receiver is installed.  
1. Press the [6/SCAN] key to show the DSC standby screen.  
2. Press the [6/SCAN] key to start/stop scanning.  
1-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
1 OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW  
1.7 Automatic Acknowledge On/Off  
The automatic acknowledge feature of the DSC/watch receiver automatically transmits the  
acknowledge back (ACK BQ) signal to the sending station when an individual, position or  
polling call is received. (For position and polling calls, respective item on the AUTO ACK  
menu must be turned on to enable automatic acknowledge.) Automatic acknowledge can  
be turned on or off at the DSC standby screen by the [5/ ACK/SQ] key. The message ACK:  
AUTO or ACK: MANUAL appears at the bottom of the DSC standby screen with each  
press of the key.  
Note 1:To give priority to own ship’s communications while own ship is communicating,  
show ACK: MANUAL by the above procedure.  
Note 2:Automatic acknowledge is not possible under the following conditions:  
Priority:  
Distress, Urgency or Safety  
Com Type: Morse, Fax, Data, No Info  
Com Freq: No Info  
Off Hook  
1.8 Manual Entry of Position and Time  
If there is no EPFS (Electronic Position-Fixing System) connected to this equipment or the  
EPFS connected is not working (EPFS error indication appears), manually enter position  
and time as follows:  
1. At the DSC standby screen, press the [#/SETUP] key to display the Setup menu.  
Setup menu  
****  
****  
SCAN FREQ  
ALARM  
AUTO ACK  
ERASE  
VOLUME  
MESSAGE  
POSITION  
PRINT OUT  
TEST  
SYSTEM  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose POSITION and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
Position setup  
**  
**  
INPUT TYPE: AUTO  
LAT : 34° 41 NORTH  
LON : 135° 30 EAST  
TIME: 09: 00 UTC  
1-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
1 OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW  
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the INPUT TYPE menu.  
Position setup  
**  
**  
INPUT TYPE: A
AUTO  
LAT : 34° 41
N
MANUAL  
LON : 135° 30 EAST  
TIME: 09: 00 UTC  
Note 1:If, when INPUT TYPE is AUTO, input from the navigator is interrupted, the  
message “EPFS error!” appears. If this occurs, check the navigator.  
Note 2:When INPUT TYPE is MANUAL, the message “Warning: Update position”  
appears at set intervals (update interval selected with POSITION OLDER on  
the Alarm menu) to ask you to update position.  
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MANUAL and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the latitude input window. Use the numeric keys to  
enter latitude. If necessary, switch coordinates: [1] key to switch to North; [2] key to  
switch to South. Push the [ENTER] knob.  
Position setup  
**  
**  
INPUT TYPE: MANUAL  
LAT : 34° 4
30 NORTH  
3
4
°
30 NORTH  
3
3
4
°
NORTH: [1] KEY  
SOUTH: [2] KEY  
LON : 135°
After last digit  
is entered  
TIME: 09: 0
6. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the longitude input window. Use the numeric keys to  
enter longitude. If necessary, switch coordinates: [1] key to switch to East; [2] key to  
switch to West. Push the [ENTER] knob.  
Position setup  
**  
**  
INPUT TYPE: MANUAL  
LAT : 34° 30 NORTH  
LAT: 34˚ 41 NORTH  
1
35  
°30 EAST  
LON : 135° 30 EAST  
1
35  
°30 EAST  
EAST: [1] KEY  
WEST: [2] KEY  
TIME: 09
After last digit  
is entered  
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the time input window.  
Position setup  
INPUT TYPE: MANUAL  
LAT : 34°30 NORTH  
LAT : 34˚ 41 NORTH  
LON : 135° 30 EAST  
LON  
: 135˚ 30 EAST  
TIME: 09C  
12 : 34  
8. Enter UTC time with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob. The Setup  
menu appears.  
9. Press the [CANCEL] key to return to the DSC standby screen.  
1-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
1 OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW  
1.9 System Characteristics  
1.9.1 Equipment priority  
Equipment priority order is as below.  
1. DMC  
2. Control unit sending distress alert  
3. Control unit 1 – routine use  
4. Control unit 2 – routine use  
5. NBDP  
1.9.2 Controls become inoperative  
Controls become inoperative in the following conditions:  
• Controls of idle control unit in the two-control unit system when other control unit goes  
OFF HOOK.  
• Controls of idle control unit in the two-control unit system when other control unit  
switches to the DSC mode.  
• Distress received by DMC (Distress Message Controller).  
• NBDP is scanning or communicating.  
• Distress alert or distress relay is transmitted.  
• Call other than distress is transmitted (transmission time about 8 s). If it becomes  
necessary to unlock the keyboard before the message is transmitted, press the  
[CANCEL] key to cancel the call.  
1.9.3 Controls become operative  
Controls become operative in the following conditions:  
• [DISTRESS] button is pressed.  
• Control unit having highest priority is operated.  
• Other control unit in two-control unit system goes ON HOOK.  
• Distress received by DMC is acknowledged.  
• NBDP stops scanning or communicating.  
1.9.4 Automatic setting of working frequency  
The radiotelephone automatically sets working frequency in the following conditions:  
• ABLE ACK is sent in response to individual call.  
• Your ship receives ABLE ACK in response to own ship-initiated individual call.  
• Your ship sends all ship call.  
• Your ship sends distress relay.  
• Your ship sends distress alert.  
• Your ship receives group call or area call.  
• Your ship receives distress relay call.  
• Your ship receives distress alert.  
1-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
1 OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW  
1.10 Power Supply Unit (option)  
The control unit works directly on 24 VDC or through a Power Supply Unit on AC mains  
supply (115 or 230 VAC). The power supply unit is type PR-300, supplying 24 VDC power  
(20 A) to the FS-1570 or type PR-850A, supplying 24 VDC (40 A) to the FS-2570. Both  
115/230 VAC and 24 VDC power can be connected simultaneously. In this case, the  
system normally operates on the AC mains supply and when AC power is lost, the PSU  
automatically switches to the DC power source.  
This power supply arrangement satisfies the GMDSS requirements. The  
FS-1570/FS-2570 can be operated directly from 24 VDC without a power supply.  
OVEN power supply: The crystal oven is always powered even when the Power Switch  
is OFF, provided the mains switchboard is turned on.  
AC and DC power switches  
Both AC and DC power switches on the PSU can be always kept on. (These switches are  
provided to turn off the power supply for maintenance.) The control unit may be turned on  
or off with the PSU kept on.  
Red Light  
Green Light  
Breaker  
Power Lamp  
PR-300  
POWER  
ON  
100V 10A  
220V 5A  
ON  
125V 20A  
ON  
ON  
OFF  
OFF  
L
OFF  
AC IN  
DC IN  
DC OUT  
Terminal  
Cover  
N
G
+
-
+
-
24V  
+
-
AC INPUT 50/60Hz  
DC OUTPUT  
Lamp (red): Lights when AC power source is in use.  
Lamp (green): Lights when DC power source is in use  
PR-850A  
PR-300  
Power supply units  
Note: Both lamps light when changing to DC power supply (PR-300). These lamps also  
light when the internal temperature goes too high.  
1-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2 SSB RADIOTELEPHONE  
You can enter desired frequency by channel or TX and RX frequencies. The handset may  
be ON HOOK or OFF HOOK. To set the SSB radiotelephone to 2182 kHz/J3E  
automatically, press the [1/ RT/2182] key more than two seconds.  
2.1 Transmitting  
After selecting class of emission and frequency, you can transmit by pressing the PTT  
switch on the handset. Output power is shown on the display.  
2.1.1 Choosing class of emission  
1. At the radiotelephone screen, choose class of emission (mode) as follows:  
Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MODE and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
SSB  
MODE:
SIMP  
HIGH  
TLX  
CH:
AM  
TX: 2182.0  
KHZ  
KHZ  
RX: 2182.00  
AGC : FAST  
SEN  
VOL  
S
IA  
0.0A  
Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose mode desired and then push the [ENTER] knob. SSB:  
Single Sideband, TLX: Telex, AM: AM. (You cannot transmit on the AM mode.)  
2. AGC is automatically selected according to mode. AGC FAST: SSB, AGC OFF: TLX,  
AGC SLOW: AM. However, you may change it as below.  
a) Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose AGC and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
MODE: SSB  
SIMP  
HIGH  
CH: 200  
TX: 2182.0  
KHZ  
KHZ  
RX: 2182.00  
OFF  
AGC : 
SLOW  
FAST  
SEN  
VOL  
S
IA  
0.0A  
b) Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose OFF, SLOW or FAST as appropriate and then push  
the [ENTER] knob.  
2-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2 SSB RADIOTELEPHONE  
2.1.2 Choosing channel, frequency  
Choosing channel  
1. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose CH and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
MODE: SSB  
SIMP  
HIGH  
CH
200  
TX:
KHZ  
KHZ  
RX: 2182.00  
AGC : FAST  
SEN  
VOL  
S
IA  
0.0A  
2. Channel can be entered directly with the numeric keys, or by using the [ENTER] knob.  
See below for details.  
Entering band and band channel with the numeric keys: Use the numeric keys to  
enter band and band channel and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
Choosing band and band channel with the ENTER knob:  
a) Use the [FILE/CURSOR] key to place the cursor in the band or band channel position,  
whichever you want to change.  
200  
200  
Cursor position for  
selection of band channel  
Cursor position for  
selection of band  
b) Rotate the [ENTER] knob to set band (or channel) desired.  
12 16 18 22 25 01 02----- 029  
2
4
6
8
ITU band  
User band  
Setting Range  
ITU Band:  
User Band:  
2/4/6/8/12/16/18/22/25  
001-029 (leadiing zero necessary)  
ITU Channel: XX01 - XX236 (rendering on band or mode)  
User Channel: XXX01 - XXX99  
c) Push the [ENTER] knob. The TX and RX frequencies of the channel entered  
appear.  
2-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2 SSB RADIOTELEPHONE  
Choosing frequency  
1. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose TX or RX as appropriate and then push the  
[ENTER] knob.  
MODE: AM  
SIMP  
HIGH  
CH: 200  
TX: 2182.0  
KHZ  
2182.00 KHZ  
KHZ  
Rx:  
AGC : SLOW  
SEN  
VOL  
S
IA  
0.0A  
2. Enter frequency by one of the methods below.  
Entering frequency with the numeric keys:  
Use the numeric keys to enter frequency and then push the [ENTER] knob. Be sure to  
including trailing zero. For example, to enter 2161 kHz, key in [2], [1], [6], [1], [0].  
(Keying in 2-1-6-1 will set 216.1 kHz.)  
Choosing frequency with the ENTER knob (for RX only):  
a) Use the [FILE/CURSOR] key to choose digit to change.  
b) Rotate the [ENTER] knob to set digit.  
c) Push the [ENTER] knob.  
Note: To enter same frequency for both TX and RX, enter the TX frequency first.  
2.1.3 Tuning  
Maximum transmission power is achieved only when the antenna impedance and  
transmitter impedance match each other. Because the antenna impedance changes with  
frequency, a means must be provided to match (tune) the antenna impedance with the  
transmitter impedance. This is done with the antenna coupler. The antenna coupler  
automatically tunes the transmitter to a wide range of different antenna lengths, from 7 to  
30 m.  
To initiate the automatic tuning, do the following:  
1. Press the PTT switch on the handset or the [LOG/TUNE] key on the control unit.  
“TUNING” appears when the [LOG/TUNE] key is pressed; “TX” pops out when the PTT  
switch is pressed.  
Tuning will be completed within 2 to 5 s for a newly selected frequency, or less than 0.5  
s for a once-tuned frequency. (A memory saves coil and capacitor settings.) When the  
tuning process is successfully completed, TUNE: OK appears. If tuning fails, TUNE:  
NG appears.  
2-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2 SSB RADIOTELEPHONE  
Note: When tuning is initiated in the two-control unit system, the display of the idle control  
unit shows “OCCUPIED(ANOTHER CONTROLLER).” In this case, only the  
DISTRESS button is operative on the idle control unit. Further, if a control unit is in  
use when tuning is attempted at the other control unit, the display of the control unit  
which attempted to tune shows “OCCUPIED” plus the name of the equipment in  
use: ANOTHER CONTROLLER, NBDP, or DMC.  
2.1.4 Using the handset  
Hold the handset close to your mouth, press the PTT switch and speak clearly.  
2.1.5 Monitoring transceiver output power  
During transmission, the IA bar deflects according to the current being fed to the antenna  
feeder from the antenna coupler. The unit of readout is amperes. The antenna current  
varies with the effective antenna impedance. The swing differs by the frequency and  
antenna length. The output power is proportional to the square of an antenna current.  
Note: If IA is not shown, follow the procedure in paragraph 2.1.7 to show it.  
MODE: SSB  
SIMP  
HIGH  
CH: 200  
TX: 2182.0  
KHZ  
KHZ  
RX: 2182.00  
AGC : FAST  
SEN  
VOL  
S
IA  
2.1A  
Antenna Current  
2-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2 SSB RADIOTELEPHONE  
2.1.6 Reducing transmitter power  
To conserve energy and to minimize possible interference to other stations, reduce the  
transmission power. This should be done when using the transceiver in a harbor, near the  
shore or close to communication partner (other ship).  
1. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose LOW, MID or HIGH (whichever is shown) at the  
top of the screen and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
MODE: SSB  
SIMP  
FS-1570 FS-2570  
LOW  
MID  
LOW  
68 W  
70 W  
CH: 200  
HIGH  
TX: 2182.0  
K
MID 100 W  
125 W  
250 W  
RX: 2182.00  
AGC : FAST  
KHZ  
HIGH 150 W  
SEN  
VOL  
S
IA  
2.1A  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose power among LOW, MID and HIGH as  
appropriate and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
Note: Power amplifier temperature is monitored, and when its temperature rises above a  
certain temperature output power is automatically reduced.  
2.1.7 Displaying IA, IC, VC or RF  
While transmitting, you may display RF (PA output), IA (antenna current), IC (collector  
current) or VC (collector voltage), at the lower right corner of the radiotelephone screen.  
1. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose RF, IA, IC or VC (whichever is displayed) at the  
bottom right corner.  
2. Push the [ENTER] knob.  
MODE: SSB  
SIMP  
HIGH  
CH: 200  
TX: 2182.0  
KHZ  
KHZ  
RX: 2182.00  
AGC : FAST  
IA  
IC  
VC  
RF  
SEN  
VOL  
2.1A  
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose option desired and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
2-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2 SSB RADIOTELEPHONE  
2.2 Receiving  
2.2.1 RF gain (sensitivity) adjustment  
In normal use the sensitivity should be set for maximum. If the audio on the received  
channel is unclear or interfered with other signals, adjust (usually reduce) sensitivity to  
improve clarity.  
1. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose SEN at the bottom of the screen and then push  
the [ENTER] knob.  
SEN  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] to adjust and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
2.2.2 S-meter  
The S-meter shows relative signal strength coming into the receiver frontend. Note that  
the S-meter does not function when the AGC is turned off.  
MODE: SSB  
SIMP  
HIGH  
CH: 200  
TX: 2182.0  
KHZ  
KHZ  
RX: 2182.00  
AGC : FAST  
SEN  
VOL  
S
IA  
S-meter  
0.0A  
2.2.3 Monitoring traffic on intended transmit frequency  
When a semi-duplex channel is selected, it is recommended to monitor if there is no  
existing traffic on the frequency you are going to use. This can be done by entering the Tx  
frequency at the Rx frequency location.  
2.2.4 Receiving AM broadcasting stations  
1. Press the [1/ RT/2182] key to show the radiotelephone screen.  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MODE and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
SSB  
MODE:
SIMP  
HIGH  
TLX  
CH:
AM  
TX: 2182.0  
KHZ  
KHZ  
RX: 2182.00  
AGC : FAST  
SEN  
VOL  
S
IA  
0.0A  
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose AM and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose RX and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
2-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2 SSB RADIOTELEPHONE  
MODE: AM  
SIMP  
HIGH  
CH: 200  
TX: 2182.0  
KHZ  
2182.00 KHZ  
KHZ  
Rx:  
AGC : SLOW  
SEN  
VOL  
S
IA  
0.0A  
5. Key in RX frequency with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
2.2.5 Squelch control, squelch frequency  
Squelch on/off  
The squelch mutes the audio output in the absence of an incoming signal. Press the [5/  
ACK/SQ key] to turn on and off the squelch alternately. When radio noise is too jarring  
during stand-by condition, it may be muted by activating the squelch. “SQ” appears when  
the squelch function is active.  
Squelch frequency  
1. At the radiotelephone screen, press the [#/SETUP] key.  
Setup menu  
****  
****  
NB  
: OFF  
SQ FREQ  
FAX RX ENABLE  
VOLUME INPUT  
USER CH  
OFFHOOKED  
SYSTEM  
: 600 HZ  
: OFF  
: EASY  
: OFF  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose SQ FREQ.  
3. Push the [ENTER] knob.  
4. Enter frequency (range: 500-2000 Hz, default 800 Hz) with the numeric keys and then  
push the [ENTER] knob.  
5. Press the [CANCEL] key to return to the radiotelephone screen.  
2.2.6 Noise blanker  
The noise blanker functions to remove noise. You may turn it on or off as follows:  
1. At the radiotelephone screen, press the [#/SETUP] key.  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose NB.  
3. Push the [ENTER] knob.  
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ON or OFF as appropriate and then push the  
[ENTER] knob.  
5. Press the [CANCEL] key to return to the radiotelephone screen.  
2-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2 SSB RADIOTELEPHONE  
2.3 Intercom  
The built-in intercom permits voice communications between two FS-2570C Control Units.  
1. Press the [1/ RT/2182] key to show the radiotelephone screen.  
2. Off hook the handset.  
3. Press the [4/IntCom] key to show INTERCOM on the display. The called party’s  
handset rings.  
4. When the called party picks up their handset, start communications.  
5. Hang up the handset to turn the intercom off. The indication INTERCOM disappears  
from the screen.  
2.4 Telex Communications  
Telex communication is performed with the NBDP Terminal Unit (option) connected to this  
radiotelephone. No special operation is required on the control unit; class of emission and  
frequencies are set on the NBDP Terminal Unit. For telex communications, see Chapters 8  
through 11.  
2-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2 SSB RADIOTELEPHONE  
2.5 When Automatic Tuning Fails  
The antenna coupler automatically tunes a wire or whip antenna to the transceiver. When  
all frequencies cannot be tuned, TUNE OK will not appear on the display. In this case, you  
can tune 2182 kHz by manually operating the coupler as shown in the procedure below.  
DANGER  
HIGH TENSION HAZARD  
DO NOT TRANSMIT WHEN  
THE ANTENNA COUPLER  
IS OPEN.  
1. Turn off the control unit. Remove the cover of the antenna coupler.  
2. Set the MANUAL-AUTO switch to the MANUAL position.  
COUPLER BOARD  
DUMMY  
LOAD  
BOARD  
MANUAL  
AUTO  
3. Replace the cover.  
4. Turn on the control unit.  
2-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2 SSB RADIOTELEPHONE  
2.6 User Channels  
The USER CH menu allows registration of user TX and RX channels, where permitted by  
the Authorities.  
NOTICE  
FURUNO will assume no responsibility  
for the disturbance caused by the  
unlawful or improper setting of user  
channels.  
2.6.1 Registering user channels  
“USER CH” in the System setup menu must be enabled in order to register user channels.  
For further details, contact your dealer.  
1. At the radiotelephone screen, press the [#/SETUP] key.  
Setup menu  
****  
****  
NB  
: OFF  
SQ FREQ  
FAX RX ENABLE  
VOLUME INPUT  
USER CH  
OFFHOOKED  
SYSTEM  
: 600 HZ  
: OFF  
: EASY  
: OFF  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose USER CH and then push the [ENTER] knob. The  
window shown below appears.  
ENTRY  
ERASE  
3. ENTRY is selected; push the [ENTER] knob.  
M*O*DE*: USsSeBr ch entry **  
CH: 2-01  
00201. TX: 2111.5 RX: 2111.5  
00202. TX: 2222.0 RX: 2222.0  
00203. TX: 2333.5 RX: 2333.5  
00204. TX: 2444.0 RX: 2444.0  
00205. TX: 2555.5 RX: 2555.5  
UP DOWN  
4. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the user channel options window.  
***User ch entry **2-01  
MODE: SSB  
CH:  
00201. TX: 2111.5 RX: 2111.5  
00202. TRX: 2222.0  
MODE  
00203. TRX: 2333.5  
CH  
00204. TRX: 2444.0  
FREQ  
00205. TX: 2555.5 RX: 2555.5  
UP DOWN  
2-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2 SSB RADIOTELEPHONE  
5. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MODE and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
***User ch entrCyH*: *  
MODE:  
2-01  
SSB  
NBDP  
00201. TRX: 2111.5  
00202. TRX: 2222.0  
DSC  
00203. TX: 2333.5 RX: 2333.5  
00204. TX: 2444.0 RX: 2444.0  
00205. TX: 2555.5 RX: 2555.5  
UP DOWN  
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate mode among SSB, NBDP and DSC  
and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
- 256 channels may be registered.  
- Band no. setting range is 0-29 and band channel no. range is  
01-99.  
- For DSC, four channels can be registered per band (2, 4, 6  
8, 12, 16, 18, 22, 25).  
- "0" band is for DSC frequencies only, and they are registered  
under "OTHER." Four channels are available, 01-04.  
***User ch entry**
MODE: SSB  
C H : 0 − 0 0  
00201. TX: 2101.5 RX: 2101.5  
00202. TX: 2202.0 RX: 2202.0  
00203. TX: 2303.5 RX: 2303.5  
00204. TX: 2404.0 RX: 2404.0  
00205. TX: 2505.5 RX: 2505.5  
UP DOWN  
7. Key in channel no. and then push the [ENTER] knob. For example, press [0], [1], [2],  
[3], [4] and then push the [ENTER] knob to enter channel 01234.  
**User ch entry **  
MODE : SSB  
CH : 12-34  
01234. TX:  
0.0 RX:  
0.0  
01240. TX: 12666.0 RX: 13666.0  
01241. TX: 277.5 RX: 1377.5  
TX :  
RX :  
0.0 KHZ  
0.0 KHZ  
01242. TX: 
01250. TX: 
UP DOWN  
8. Enter TX frequency with the numeric keys.  
9. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose RX.  
10.Enter RX frequency with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
11. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to display all channels entered.  
12.Press the [CANCEL] key twice to return to the radiotelephone screen.  
2-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2 SSB RADIOTELEPHONE  
2.6.2 Deleting user channels  
Deleting individual user channels  
1. At the radiotelephone screen, press the [#/SETUP] key.  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose USER CH and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ENTRY and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
4. Push the [ENTER] knob, rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose CH and then push the  
[ENTER] knob.  
5. Enter channel number to process and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
6. Tx and Rx frequencies are shown as “0.0 kHz”; push the [ENTER] knob to delete  
channel.  
7. Press the [CANCEL] key twice to return to the radiotelephone screen.  
Deleting all user channels  
1. At the radiotelephone screen, press the [#/SETUP] key.  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose USER CH and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ERASE and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose YES and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
5. Press the [CANCEL] key to return to the radiotelephone screen.  
2.7 FAX Enable/Disable  
You may enable or disable FAX use as follows:  
1. At the radiotelephone screen, press the [#/SETUP] key to open the Setup menu.  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose FAX RX ENABLE and then push the [ENTER]  
knob.  
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ON or OFF as appropriate and then push the  
[ENTER] key.  
SSB  
MODE:
SIMP  
HIGH  
TLX  
CH:
FAX  
TX: 21
AM  
KHZ  
KHZ  
RX: 2182.00  
AGC : FAST  
SEN  
VOL  
S
IA  
0.0A  
4. Press the [CANCEL] key to close the menu.  
2-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2 SSB RADIOTELEPHONE  
2.8 Speaker Setting in Off Hook  
When the handset is off hook, you may choose to turn the speaker (panel speaker or  
external speaker) on or off. The default setting is OFF which turns off the speaker when  
the handset is off hook. The ON position keeps the speaker on always, regardless of  
handset state.  
1. At the radiotelephone screen, press the [#/SETUP] key to display the SETUP menu.  
Setup menu  
****  
****  
NB  
: OFF  
SQ FREQ  
FAX RX ENABLE  
VOLUME INPUT  
USER CH  
OFFHOOKED  
SYSTEM  
: 600 HZ  
: OFF  
: EASY  
: OFF  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose OFFHOOKED and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ON or OFF as appropriate and then push the  
[ENTER] key.  
4. Press the [CANCEL] key to close the menu.  
2-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2 SSB RADIOTELEPHONE  
(This page intentionally left blank.)  
2-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3 DSC OVERVIEW  
3.1 What is DSC?  
DSC is an acronym meaning Digital Selective Calling. It is a digital distress and general  
calling system in the MF and HF bands used by ships for transmitting distress alerts and  
general calls and by coast stations for transmitting the associated acknowledgements.  
For DSC distress and safety calling in the MF and HF bands, the frequencies are (kHz)  
2187.5, 4207.5, 6312.0, 8414.5, 12577.0, and 16804.5.  
The DSC station sends and receives DSC general and safety calls via the radiotelephone.  
Distress Frequency  
Distress alert, routince DSC call  
Routine DSC Call  
Routine DSC Calls  
TRANSCEIVER  
UNIT  
FS-1570T  
FS-2570T  
Option  
(FS-2570  
only)  
CONTROL UNIT  
FS-2570C  
3.2 DSC Call  
DSC calls are roughly divided in two categories: distress and safety calls, and routine calls.  
Below are the types of DSC calls.  
Call  
Description  
All Ships  
Distress  
Call to all ships  
Your ship sends distress call  
Distress relay all  
Distress relay select Your ship relays distress call to a coast station  
Your ship relays distress call to all ships  
Geographical Area  
Group  
Call to all ships in a specific geographical area  
Call to a specific group  
Individual  
Call to a specific address  
Medical Transport  
Neutral Craft  
Polling  
Inform all ships that your ship is carrying medical supplies  
Inform all ships that your ship is not a participant in armed conflict  
Call to determine if own ship is in communicating range with other  
ship  
1) You send your position to other stations  
2) Your ship requests position of other station  
Position  
PSTN  
Test  
Call over Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN)  
Send test signal to a coast station to test your station’s functionality  
3-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3
DSC OVERVIEW  
Contents of a DSC call  
• Calling category  
Call category  
Call  
Individual  
Individual, PSTN, Test, Position, Polling,  
Relay Sel (specific coast station)  
All Ships  
Group  
All Ships, Neutral, Medical, Relay All  
Group  
Geographical Area Area  
Distress Call Distress  
• Station ID  
Own ship ID and sending station ID. Coast station ID begins with 00; Group ID  
begins with 0.  
• Priority  
Distress:  
Grave and imminent danger and request immediate assistance.  
Safety:  
A station is about to transmit a call containing an important  
navigational or meteorological warning.  
Urgency:  
A calling station has a very urgent call to transmit concerning safety of  
ship, aircraft or other vehicle or safety of person.  
Business: Communication related to the navigation, movements and needs of ships  
and aircraft.  
Routine:  
General calling  
• Communication type  
Telephone: Telephone (J3E) by SSB radiotelephone  
NBDP-ARQ: Telex (J2B) mode ARQ via NBDP Terminal Unit  
NBDP-FEC: Telex (J2B) mode FEC via NBDP Terminal Unit  
• Communication frequency  
Working frequency used to call by telephone or NBDP. The sending station may have  
the receiving frequency (ship or coast station) assign the frequency to use.  
• Position  
Position can be automatically or manually sent.  
• DSC frequency  
DSC frequency to use. If the call category is SAFETY, URGENCY or DISTRESS,  
choose a DSC distress frequency.  
• End code  
The end of a DSC call is denoted by ACK RQ (Acknowledge Request), ACK BQ  
(Acknowledge Back) or EOS (End of Sequence).  
3-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3 DSC OVERVIEW  
3.2.1 Distress alert call and reply  
This type of call is sent by own ship in the event of distress, by using the [DISTRESS]  
button as follows:  
1. The LED in the [DISTRESS] button initially flashes, and lights when the button is  
pressed more than three seconds. (If the button is pressed less than three seconds,  
the distress alert is not sent. Once the alert is sent it cannot be cancelled.)  
NOTICE  
IN CASE OF ACCIDENTAL TRANS-  
MISSION OF THE DISTRESS ALERT  
If the distress is accidentally transmitted,  
contact the nearest coast station and inform  
them of the accidental transmission as  
follows:  
a) Ship's name  
b) Ship's call sign and DSC number  
c) Position at time of transmission  
d) Time of transmission  
2. The radiotelephone automatically sets the DSC distress frequency and then the  
equipment transmits the distress alert.  
3. After the distress alert is transmitted (this takes about 40 seconds), the equipment  
waits for the distress acknowledgement call (DISTACK) from a coast station. This  
usually takes less than three minutes. (If it is not received within 4.5 minutes, the  
distress alert is re-transmitted.)  
4. The radiotelephone automatically sets the distress communication frequency to use to  
conduct voice communications (telex also available) with the coast station.  
(1)  
(2)  
Own Ship  
(3)  
(1)  
Coast  
Station  
(2)  
(3)  
Ship in  
Distress  
(Own Ship)  
(1) Ship in distress sends Distress Alert  
(2) Coast station sends distress acknowledgement (DIST ACK).  
(3) Voice or telex communications between ship in distress and coast station  
3-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3
DSC OVERVIEW  
3.2.2 Individual call  
The individual call is for sending a call to a specific station.  
(1)  
(2)  
(3)  
(1) DSC Message [Called Acknowledge  
Request (ACK RQ) Signal]  
Coast  
Station  
(2) Acknowledge Back (ACK BQ) Signal  
Own Ship  
(3) Voice or telex communication  
Basic procedure (radiotelephone)  
1. Prepare call and transmit it by pressing the [CALL] key. The equipment then awaits  
acknowledgement of the call.  
2. Receive acknowledge back (ACK BQ) signal from other party (coast station or ship  
station) within about five minutes. The audio alarm sounds at this time; press the  
[CANCEL] key to silence it.  
3. After receiving the ACK BQ signal, communicate with other party; the radiotelephone  
automatically sets the working frequency and class of emission you specified.  
3.3 Audio Alarms  
When you receive a distress alert or routine call addressed to your ship, the audio and  
visual alarms are released. For the distress or urgency call, the audio alarm sounds until  
the [CANCEL] key is pressed, and sounds for one second and then automatically goes off  
in case of other calls. The tone of the alarm changes with the call received. By becoming  
accustomed to the tone, you can know which type of call you have received.  
Alarm  
Frequency (interval)  
1300 Hz and 0 Hz (250 ms)  
880 Hz and 440 Hz (500 ms)  
Safety call received  
Routine, Ship's Business call  
received  
While DISTRESS button is  
pressed for three s  
2200 Hz and 0 Hz (125 ms)  
2200 Hz, continuous  
Distress alert sent  
Own ship position not updated 2200 Hz (50 ms), three beeps  
every two s  
Distress alert, urgency  
message received  
1300 Hz and 2200 Hz (250 ms)  
3-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3 DSC OVERVIEW  
3.4 Interpreting Call Displays  
This paragraph provides the information necessary for interpreting receive and send call  
displays.  
3.4.1 Receive calls  
Below are sample distress and individual receive calls. The content of other types of  
receive calls is similar to that of the individual call. When you receive a call, the message  
“INCOMING” flashes at the bottom of the display.  
Distress receive call  
Date and time of message  
Received message  
ECC (Error Check Character): OK or NG (No Good)  
*
*
MAR-23-2002-23:59  
ECC: OK  
Category (Distress call)  
DISTRESS CALL  
SHIP IN DIST:  
Ship in Distress (ID No. of ship in distress)  
123456789  
Nature of Distress (Undesignated, Fire, Flooding,  
Collision, Grounding, Listing, Sinking, Disable,  
Abandoning, Piracy, Man Overboard, EPIRB emission)  
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED  
POS: 12°34N 123°45E AT 12:34  
TELEPHONE  
2182.0 KHZ  
Position of ship in distress  
Working frequency to use  
ANSWER  
ALL VIEW  
Push [ENTER] knob  
to switch.  
Received message  
*
*
DISTRESS COORDINATES:  
12°34N 123°45E AT 12:34  
TELECOMMAND: J3E TELEPHONE  
END OF SEQUENCE: EOS  
ERROR-CHECK: OK  
Distress coordinates (position of ship in distress)  
Telecommand (class of emission)  
End of sequence (EOS for distress)  
Error check (OK or NG)  
DSC FREQUENCY  
: 2177.0KHZ  
DSC frequency used to transmit distress call  
GO TO EASY VIEW  
Rotate [ENTER] knob  
to switch.  
Received message  
*
*
Format (distress)  
ID no. of ship in distress  
FORMAT  
: DISTRESS CALL  
: 123456789  
SELF-IDENTITY  
NATURE OF DISTRESS:  
UNDESIGNATED DISTRESS  
Nature of distress (problem with ship in distress, see above)  
3-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3
DSC OVERVIEW  
Individual receive call  
Date and time of message  
ECC (Error Check Character): OK or NG (No Good)  
Able acknowledge ("Unable acknowledge" and reason if unable)  
Received message  
*
*
MAR-23-2002-23:59  
ECC: OK  
INDIVIDUAL REQUEST  
FROM SHIP:  
ROUTINE  
123456789  
ID No. of sending station  
Category (Routine, Business, Safety, Urgency)  
TX: 2182.0 KHZ  
RX: 2182.0 KHZ  
TELEPHONE  
Working frequency to use  
ANSWER  
ALL VIEW  
Note: ANSWER is for replying to message.  
Push [ENTER] knob  
to switch.  
Received message  
*
*
WORKING FREQ. : TX: 2182.0 KHZ  
Working frequency to use  
RX: 2182.0 KHZ  
END OF SEQUENCE: ACK. RQ  
ERROR-CHECK: OK  
End of sequence (ACK. BQ or ACK. RQ)  
Error check (OK or NG)  
DSC frequency used  
DSC FREQUENCY  
2177.0KHZ  
GO TO EASY VIEW  
Rotate [ENTER] knob to  
go to "GO TO EASY VIEW"  
or push it to go to previous display.  
Received message  
*
*
Format (individual)  
ID of your station  
FORMAT  
ADDRESS  
CATEGORY  
SELF-IDENTITY  
: INDIVIDUAL  
: 987654321  
: ROUTINE  
Category (Routine, Business, Safety, Urgency)  
ID of sending station  
: 123456789  
1ST TELECOMMAND: J3E TELEPHONE  
2ND TELECOMMAND : NO INFORMATION  
1st Telecommand (class of emission)  
2nd Telecommand (class of emission)  
3-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3 DSC OVERVIEW  
3.4.2 Send calls  
Below are sample distress and individual send calls. The content of other types of send  
calls is similar to that of the individual call.  
Distress send call  
Distress  
Nature of Distress (Undesignated, Fire, Flooding,  
call in progress!  
Collision, Grounding, Listing, Sinking, Disable,  
Abandoning, Piracy, Man Overboard)  
Position of ship in distress (your ship)  
Working frequency to use  
DSC frequency used to send distress call  
Time to go until distress alert is transmitted  
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED  
POS:12°34N 123°45E AT 12:34  
TELEPHONE  
2182.0 KHZ  
DSC FREQ  
TIME TO GO :  
:
2187.5 KHZ  
30S  
Individual send call  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE:  
STATION ID:  
PRIORITY  
INDIVIDUAL  
123456789  
: ROUTINE  
Call type (Individual)  
ID of station where message is to be sent  
Priority (Routine, Business, Safety, Urgency)  
Mode of communication (Telephone, NBPD-ARQ, NBDP-FEC)  
Working channel (or frequency)  
COM. TYPE  
: TELEPHONE  
COM. FREQ : CH 401  
DSC FREQ  
: 2M-INTL  
DSC frequency  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
Rotate [ENTER] knob to  
choose GO TO ALL VIEW  
and then push it.  
** Compose message **  
WORKING FREQ. : CH 401  
Working frequency  
END OF SEQUENCE: ACK. RQ  
End of sequence (Acknowledge request)  
DSC frequency used  
DSC FREQUENCY TX: 2177.0 KHZ  
RX: 2177.0 KHZ  
GO TO EASY VIEW  
Rotate [ENTER] knob.  
Compose message  
*
*
Calling format  
Own ship ID  
FORMAT  
: INDIVIDUAL  
ADDRESS  
CATEGORY  
SELF-IDENTITY  
: 987654321  
: ROUTINE  
: 123456789  
Communications category  
ID no. of transmitting station  
1st telecommand  
1ST TELECOMMAND: J3E TELEPHONE  
2ND TELECOMMAND : NO INFORMATION  
2nd telecommand  
3-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3
DSC OVERVIEW  
(This page intentionally left blank.)  
3-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS  
4.1 Sending Distress Alert  
GMDSS ships carry a DSC terminal with which to transmit the distress alert in the event of  
a life-endangering situation. A coast station receives the distress alert and sends the  
distress alert acknowledge call to the ship in distress. Then, voice or telex communications  
between the ship in distress and coast station begins.  
Transmission of the distress alert and receiving of the distress alert acknowledgement are  
completely automatic - simply press the [DISTRESS] button to initiate the sequence. Note  
that the distress can also be transmitted from the Telex Distress Alert Button IC-302-DSC.  
Russian version  
• Audio alarm is released continuously after transmitting distress alert.  
• The [CANCEL] key can be used during the transmission of the distress alert. The  
transmission sequence is stopped at the end of the fifth transmission.  
4.1.1 Sending distress alert by DISTRESS button, nature of distress  
not specified  
1. Open the DISTRESS button cover and press and hold down the [DISTRESS] button  
more than three seconds. The button flashes in red and the buzzer sounds rapidly. The  
display shows the contents of the distress alert call: your ship’s nature of distress,  
position, time and the DSC frequency over which the alert has been transmitted.  
The number of seconds to continue pressing the [DISTRESS] button appear at the  
bottom of the display. The buzzer sounds continuously and the lamp in the button lights  
when the button has been pressed three seconds. You can release the button at that  
time.  
Distress button  
pressed!  
Nature of Distress  
Position, Time  
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED  
POS: 12°34N 123°45E AT 12:34  
TELEPHONE  
DSC FREQ  
2182.0 KHZ  
2187.5 KHZ  
DSC Distress  
Frequency used  
to transmit the  
distress alert  
:
KEEP PRESSED FOR 3S  
Displays number of seconds to continue  
pressing the [DISTRESS] button to  
transmit the distress alert.  
4-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS  
2. The display changes as below. It takes about 40 seconds to transmit the distress alert,  
and the number of seconds until transmission is completed is shown at the bottom of  
the display. At this time the output power of the radiotelephone is automatically set to  
maximum.  
Distress  
call in progress!  
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED  
POS:12°34N 123°45E AT 12:34  
TELEPHONE  
DSC FREQ  
TIME TO GO :  
2182.0 KHZ  
:
2187.5 KHZ  
38S  
Time to go until distress  
alert is completely transmitted.  
3. After the distress alert has been sent, the display changes as below and the audio  
alarm is stopped. Wait to receive the distress acknowledge call from a coast station,  
which usually takes 1 to 2 min 45 seconds. (The [DISTRESS] button remains lit until  
the equipment receives the distress acknowledge call from a coast station.) The timer  
counts down the number of minutes before next retransmission (if necessary), from  
3.5 to 4.5 minutes, randomly set.  
At this time, the equipment cannot receive any calls except the distress alert  
acknowledge call. The distress alert you sent is recorded in the TX log.  
Wait for distress  
acknowledgement.  
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED  
POS:12°34N 123°45E AT 12:34  
TELEPHONE  
DSC FREQ :  
TIME TO GO:  
2182.0 KHZ  
2187.5 KHZ  
2M10S  
4. When the distress acknowledge call is received, the audio alarm sounds and the  
display changes as below.  
Distress acknowledge  
call received.  
FROM COAST: 001234567  
SHIP IN DIST: 123456789  
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED  
POS:12°34N 123°45E AT 12:34  
2182.0 KHZ  
TELEPHONE  
STOP ALARM  
Note: If you do not receive the distress alert acknowledge call, the equipment  
automatically re-transmits the distress alert and then awaits the distress alert  
acknowledge call. This is repeated until the distress alert is acknowledged.  
5. Silence the alarm with the [CANCEL] key. The contents of the distress acknowledge  
call appear.  
4-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS  
Received message  
JAN-23-2002-23:59  
ECC: OK  
DISTRESS ACKNOWLEDGE  
FROM COAST: 001234567  
SHIP IN DIST: 123456789  
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED  
POS:12°34N 123°45E AT 12:34  
TELEPHONE  
2182.0 KHZ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
6. Communicate with the coast station via radiotelephone, following the instructions  
below. The radiotelephone automatically sets working frequency and class of emission,  
as specified in the distress acknowledge call.  
a) Say MAYDAY three times.  
b) Say “This is … “ name of your vessel and call sign three times.  
c) Give nature of distress and assistance needed.  
d) Give description of your vessel (type, color, number of persons onboard, etc.).  
4.1.2 Sending distress alert by DISTRESS button, nature of distress  
specified  
If you have the time to designate the nature of distress, send the distress alert as follows:  
1. Open the DISTRESS button cover and press the [DISTRESS] button momentarily to  
show the following display.  
Rotate [ENTER] knob to scroll.  
** Compose message **  
CALL T
UNDESIGNATED  
SINKING  
DISABLE  
ABANDONING  
PIRACY  
MAN OVERBOARD  
FIRE  
NATUR
FLOODING  
POS.  
COLLISION  
GROUNDING  
COM.T
LISTING  
DSC F
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose nature of distress and then push the [ENTER]  
knob.  
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the POS. menu. This is where you enter your position,  
automatically or manually. The INPUT TYPE option, that is, the source of position data,  
is selected to AUTO, MANUAL or NO INFO. For AUTO, if the position is correct, push  
the [ENTER] knob twice and go to step 10. For manual input, or you do not know your  
position, go to step 4.  
INPUT TYPE: AUTO  
LAT : 34° 41 NORTH  
LON : 135° 30 EAST  
TIME: 09: 00 UTC  
Note: If the message “No Position Data” appears when you change INPUT TYPE  
from MANUAL to AUTO, confirm that the navigation device is functioning and  
then choose AUTO again.  
4-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS  
4. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the INPUT TYPE menu.  
INPUT TYPE: A
AUTO  
LAT : 34° 41
N
MANUAL  
LON : 135° 30
NO INFO  
TIME: 09: 00 UTC  
5. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MANUAL and then push the [ENTER] knob. If you  
cannot confirm your position, choose NO INFO, push the [ENTER] knob and then go  
to step 10.  
6. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the latitude input window. Use the numeric keys to  
enter latitude (in four digits). (If necessary, switch coordinates: [1] key to switch to  
North; [2] key to switch to South.) Push the [ENTER] knob.  
INPUT TYPE: MANUAL  
3
5
°
00  
N
LAT : 34° 4
3
LON : 135°
TIME: 09: 0
3
4
°
00 N  
NORTH: [1] KEY  
SOUTH: [2] KEY  
After last digit  
is entered  
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the longitude input window. Use the numeric keys to  
enter longitude (in five digits). (If necessary, switch coordinates: [1] key to switch to  
East; [2] key to switch to West.) Push the [ENTER] knob.  
INPUT TYPE: MANUAL  
LAT : 35° 00 NORTH  
LAT: 34˚ 41 NORTH  
LON : 135° 30 EAST  
1
35  
°00 E  
1
35  
°30 E  
EAST: [1] KEY  
WEST: [2] KEY  
TIME: 09
After last digit  
is entered  
8. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the time input window.  
INPUT TYPE: MANUAL  
LAT : 35°00 NORTH  
LAT : 34˚ 41 NORTH  
LON : 135° 00 EAST  
LON  
: 135˚ 30 EAST  
TIME: 09C  
12 : 34  
9. Key in UTC time with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
Note: If you cannot confirm time, enter 88:88 to input NO INFO as the time.  
4-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS  
10.The COMPOSE MESSAGE screen is redisplayed. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the  
COM. TYPE menu.  
** Compose message **  
DISTRESS  
CALL TYPE:  
NATURE: FLOODING  
TELEPHONE  
POS: 35°00N
NBDP-FEC  
COM. TYPE: T
DSC FREQ : 2187.5 KHZ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
11.Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose TELEPHONE or NBDP-FEC as appropriate and  
then push the [ENTER] knob. (Telephone is the usual mode, however NBDP may also  
be used.)  
12.Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.  
** Compose message **  
AUTO  
2187.5  
CALL TYPE:  
4207.5  
NATURE: FLOS
6312.0  
POS: 35°00N 1:34  
8414.5  
COM. TYPE: TE
12577.0  
16804.5  
DSC FREQ :  
HZ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
13.Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose a DSC frequency (normally 2187.5 kHz) and then  
push the [ENTER] knob. (AUTO retransmits the distress alert on the distress and  
safety frequencies 2 MHz, 8 MHz, 16 MHz, 4 MHz, 12 MHz and 6 MHz in that order if  
the distress alert is not acknowledged.)  
14.The display changes as below (example).  
Compose message  
DISTRESS  
CALL TYPE:  
NATURE: FLOODING  
POS: 35°00N 135°00E AT 12:34  
COM. TYPE  
:
TELEPHONE  
DSC FREQ  
:
2187.5 KHZ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
15.Press the [DISTRESS] button more than three seconds to send the distress alert.  
Distress  
call in progress!  
NATURE: FLOODING  
POS:35°00N 135°00E AT 12:34  
TELEPHONE  
DSC FREQ  
TIME TO GO :  
2182.0 KHZ  
:
2187.5 KHZ  
38S  
16.For telephone, follow steps 3 to 6 on page 4-2 and 4-3. For NBDP, follow the  
procedure below.  
4-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS  
Communicating by NBDP Terminal Unit  
1. The message “STATION ENTRY COMPLETED FROM DSC. Press any key to  
escape.” appears on the NBDP’s display. Press any key on the NBDP Terminal Unit to  
erase the message.  
2. Press the function key [F3] on the keyboard of the NBDP Terminal Unit to show the  
Operate menu.  
3. Choose “Call Station” and then press the [Enter] key.  
Call Station  
Station Set up  
Station : DSC  
ID Code :  
Station List  
DSC  
ABC-6M  
ABC-12M  
ABC-8M  
FURUNO  
Mode  
: ARQ FEC  
Tx Freq : 2174.50  
Rx Freq : 2174.50  
4. “DSC” is selected; press the [Enter] key to connect the communications line.  
5. “Connect” appears in reverse video. Type and transmit your message, giving the  
following information:  
a) Ship’s name and call sign  
b) Nature of distress and assistance needed  
c) Description of your vessel  
6. Press the function key [F10] (BREAK) to disconnect the line.  
4.2 Receiving a Distress Alert  
When you receive a distress alert from a ship in distress, the audio alarm sounds and the  
message "Distress call received." appears on the display. Press the [CANCEL] key to  
silence the audio alarm. Wait for the distress acknowledge call from a coast station. If you  
do not receive the distress acknowledge call from a coast station, which usually takes  
about five minutes from the time of reception of a distress alert, follow the appropriate flow  
chart in this section to determine your course of action.  
Note 1:An asterisk (*) appearing in a distress alert call indicates error at asterisk location.  
Note 2: If the Telex Distress Alert Button IC-302-DSC is connected, the aural alarm  
sounds and the IC-302-DSC’s alarm lamp lights in red when a distress alert is  
received. To silence the aural alarm, press the [ALARM STOP] key.  
Russian version  
If another distress alert or urgent call is received just after pressing the [CALL] key (for  
distress alert relay and distress acknowledgement), the most recently received call has  
priority.  
4-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS  
4.2.1 Distress alert received on MF band  
Do the following:  
• Continue watching on 2182 kHz. Wait for coast station to acknowledge the distress call.  
Watch until “SEELONCE FINI” is announced.  
• If multiple DSC distress alerts are received from the same ship in distress and it is  
beyond a doubt in your vicinity, a DSC acknowledgement may, after consultation with an  
RCC or Coast Station, be sent to terminate the call by DSC.  
• In no case is a ship permitted to transmit a DSC distress relay call upon receipt of a  
DSC distress alert on MF channel 2187.5 kHz.  
Action for ship receiving distress alert on MF band  
DSC Distress alert received.  
Press [CANCEL] key to  
silence alarm.  
Listen on 2182 kHz  
for 5 minutes.  
Did you receive  
acknowledge from  
CS and/or RCC?  
No  
No  
Is the DSC distress  
call continuing?  
No  
Is distress traffic  
in progress?  
Yes  
Yes  
Is own  
vessel able  
to aid  
Yes  
Acknowledge the alert by  
radiotelphony to the ship  
in distress on 2182 kHz.  
Yes  
ship in  
distress?  
CS = Coast Station  
RCC = Rescue Co-ordination Center  
No  
Enter details in log.  
Inform CS and/or RCC.  
4-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS  
Sending the distress acknowledge call to ship in distress (on MF band)  
Transmit the distress acknowledge call to the ship in distress only when you do not  
receive it from a coast station and you are able to aid the ship in distress. First, transmit  
the distress acknowledge to the ship in distress by telephone. If the DSC call is continuing,  
terminate transmission of the distress alert as follows:  
1. The audio alarm sounds and the display shows the message “Distress call received.”  
when your ship receives a distress call.  
Distress  
call received.  
SHIP IN DIST:  
123456789  
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED  
POS: 12°34N 123°45E AT 12:34  
TELEPHONE  
2182.0 KHZ  
STOP ALARM  
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the audio alarm and the display changes as below.  
Received message  
*
*
JAN-23-2002-23:59  
ECC: OK  
DISTRESS CALL  
SHIP IN DIST:  
123456789  
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED  
POS: 12˚34N 123˚45E AT 12:34  
TELEPHONE  
2182.0 KHZ  
ALL VIEW  
ANSWER  
3. If you do not receive the distress acknowledge call from a coast station and you  
have received the distress alert more than twice, contact the ship in distress over  
radiotelephone. If the distress alert continues, terminate the alert by rotating the  
[ENTER] knob to choose ANSWER, push the [ENTER] knob and then go to step 4 to  
send the distress acknowledge call to the ship in distress.  
4. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.  
** Compose message **  
CALLTYPE  
RELAY ALL  
RELAY COAST  
COAST  
ACKNOWLEDGE  
ID IN  
DSC FREQ  
:
2182.0 KHZ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
5. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ACKNOWLEDGE and then push the [ENTER]  
knob. The following display appears.  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE : ALL SHIPS  
DISTRESS ACKNOWLEDGE  
ID IN DIST :  
123456789  
DSC FREQ  
:
2182.0 KHZ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
4-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS  
6. Press the [CALL] key, and the message “Category distress transmit sure?” appears.  
Continue press the key until the message “Distress acknowledge call in progress  
appears, to transmit the distress acknowledge call to the ship in distress.  
Distress acknowledge  
call in progress!  
Category distress  
transmit sure?  
SHIP IN DIST :  
123456789  
ID IN DIST: 123456789  
[CALL] key  
pressed  
3 seconds  
DSC FREQ  
:
2187.5 KHZ  
DSC FREQ :  
2187.5 KHZ  
3S  
KEEP PRESSED FOR  
TIME TO GO 4S  
4.2.2 Distress alert received on HF band  
If you receive a distress alert on the HF band, the ALARM lamp lights and the audio alarm  
sounds. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the audio alarm. Wait for the distress  
acknowledge from a coast station. If you do not receive the distress acknowledge within  
five minutes, follow the instructions below to determine your course of action.  
• Watch on the distress frequency.  
• Relay the distress alert in the following cases:  
- You have not received a distress acknowledge call from a coast station within five  
minutes after receiving a distress call.  
- You have not received a distress relay from other ship.  
- You cannot receive distress communications from other ship over radiotelephone.  
- If it is clear the ship or persons in distress are not in the vicinity and/or other crafts are  
better placed to assist, superfluous communications which could interfere with search  
and rescue activities should be avoided. Details should be recorded in the appropriate  
log book.  
- The ship relaying the distress alert should establish communications with the station  
controlling the distress as directed and render such assistance as required and  
appropriate.  
4-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS  
Action for ships receiving distress alert on HF band  
DSC Distress alert received.  
HF DSC, RTF AND NBDP CHANNELS (kHz)  
DSC  
RTF*  
NBDP  
Press [CANCEL] key to  
silence alarm.  
4207.5  
6312.0  
8414.5  
12577.0  
16804.5  
4125  
6215  
8291  
12290  
16420  
4177.5  
6268  
8376.5  
12520  
16695  
Listen to associated RTF or  
NBDP channel(s) for 5 minutes.  
* = Radiotelephone  
Is distress commu-  
nication in progress  
on associated RTF  
Transmit distress  
relay on HF to coast  
station and inform  
RCC.  
Is the alert  
acknowledged or  
relayed by CS and  
or RCC?  
No  
No  
channels?  
Yes  
Is own  
vessel able  
to assist?  
Yes  
Yes Contact RCC via most  
efficient medium to offer  
assistance.  
No  
CS = Coast Station  
RCC = Rescue Co-ordination Center  
Enter details in log.  
Sending the distress relay to coast station (on HF band)  
1. The audio alarm sounds and the display changes as below when a distress call is  
received.  
Distress  
call received.  
ID IN DIST:  
123456789  
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED  
POS: 12˚34N 123˚45E AT 12:34  
TELEPHONE  
8291.0 KHZ  
STOP ALARM  
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the audio alarm, and the display changes as below.  
Received message  
*
*
JAN-23-2002-23:59  
ECC: OK  
DISTRESS CALL  
SHIP IN DIST:  
123456789  
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED  
POS: 12˚34N 123˚45E AT 12:34  
TELEPHONE  
8291.0 KHZ  
ALL VIEW  
ANSWER  
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ANSWER and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
4-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS  
4. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE* INDVIDUAL  
RELAY ALL  
DIS
RELAY COAST  
ID IN
DSC FREQ  
:
8414.5 KHZ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
5. If you know the ID of the nearest coast station, choose RELAY COAST and then push  
the [ENTER] knob.  
6. Push [ENTER] knob and key in ID of coast station where to send the distress relay and  
then push the [ENTER] knob.  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE : INDIVIDUAL  
DISTRESS RELAY  
COAST ID:  
ID IN DIST:  
DSC FREQ  
000000000  
8414.5 KHZ  
:
GO TO ALL VIEW  
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ. menu.  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE: 
2187.5  
DISTR9  
4207.5  
6312.0  
8414.5  
COAST ID:  
ID IN DIST:  
12577.0  
16804.5  
DSC FREQ  
KHZ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
8. Choose appropriate frequency and then push the [ENTER] knob. You should first  
choose 8414.5 kHz.  
9. Press the [CALL] key, and the display changes as shown at the top of the next page.  
4-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS  
** Compose message **  
Category distress  
transmit sure?  
CALL TYPE : INDIVIDUAL  
DISTRESS RELAY  
COAST ID: 001234567  
ID IN DIST: 123456789  
COAST ID:  
001234567  
[CALL] key  
pressed 3  
seconds.  
ID IN DIST: 123456789  
8414.5 KHZ  
DSC FREQ :  
DSC FREQ :  
8414.5 KHZ  
3S  
2M10S  
TIME TO GO :  
KEEP PRESSED FOR  
Timer counts  
down time  
remaining  
(See note below.)  
Distress relay sel  
call in progress!  
TO COAST: 001234567  
SHIP IN DIST: 123456789  
DSC FREQ :  
TIME TO GO :  
8414.5 KHZ  
5S  
Note: If a coast station acknowledges the call before the timer counts down to zero, press  
the [CANCEL] key to cancel the distress relay call.  
10.After the call is transmitted, the message “Wait for distress relay acknowledge.”  
appears. After you have received the distress acknowledgement from the coast station,  
communicate with the coast station by telephone, over the DSC frequency specified. If  
you do not receive the distress acknowledgement from a coast station after the timer  
counts down to zero, transmit the distress relay again, over a different frequency.  
4-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS  
4.3 Sending Distress Relay on Behalf of a Ship in  
Distress  
4.3.1 Sending distress relay to coast station  
You may send the distress relay to a coast station on behalf of a ship in distress in the  
following cases:  
• You are near the ship in distress and the ship in distress cannot transmit the distress  
alert.  
• When the master or person responsible for your ship considers that further assistance is  
necessary.  
In the above cases never use the [DISTRESS] button to transmit the distress relay.  
1. Press the [2/DSC] key and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
** Compose message **  
INDIVIDUAL  
CALL TYPE  
STATION ID  
PRIORITY  
POLLING  
NEUTRAL  
MEDICAL  
PSTN CALL  
TEST CALL  
ALL SHIPS  
GROUP CALL  
AREA CALL  
POSITION  
Rotate [ENTER]  
knob to scroll.  
COM. TYPE  
COM. FREQ  
DSC FREQ  
RELAY ALL  
RELAY SEL  
DISTRESS  
GO  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose RELAY SEL and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COAST ID input window.  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE: RELAY SEL  
COAST ID  
ID IN DIST  
NATURE: UN
POS: NO INFORMATION  
000000000  
COM. TYPE  
DSC FREQ.  
:
:
TELEPHONE  
8414.5 KHZ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
4. Key in COAST ID with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the ID IN DIST window.  
** Compose message **  
: RELAY SEL  
: ---------  
000000000  
CALL TYPE  
COAST ID:  
ID IN DIST  
NATURE : UNDESIGNATED  
: NO INFORMATION  
POS.:  
COM.TYPE :  
DSC FREQ :  
TELEPHONE  
8414.5 KHZ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
6. Key in ID of ship in distress with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob. If  
you do not know the ID, simply push the [ENTER] knob without entering ID.  
4-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS  
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the NATURE menu.  
Rotate [ENTER] knob to scroll.  
** Compose message **  
CALL T
UNDESIGNATED  
COAST
FIRE  
SINKING  
DISABLE  
ABANDONING  
PIRACY  
MAN OVERBOARD  
EPIRB EMISSION  
ID IN D
FLOODING  
COLLISION  
NATUR
GROUNDING  
POS: I
LISTING  
COM.T
DSC FREQ  
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose nature of distress and then push the [ENTER]  
knob. If you do not know the nature of distress, choose UNDESIGNATED.  
9. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the POS. menu.  
** Compose message **  
: ALL SHIPS  
CALL TYPE  
INPUT TYPE: AUTO  
CO
LAT : 34°45 NORTH  
ID
NA
LON : 135°22 EAST  
TIME: 10:00 UTC  
P
:
COM. TYPE  
DSC FREQ  
:
8414.5 KHZ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
10.Enter position of ship in distress, following 1), 2) or 3) below.  
1) For automatic input, push the [ENTER] knob twice and then go to step 11.  
2) For manual input, push the [ENTER] knob to open the INPUT TYPE menu, rotate the  
[ENTER] knob to choose MANUAL and then push the [ENTER] knob. Enter latitude and  
longitude of ship in distress and time as follows:  
a)Push the [ENTER] knob. Enter latitude and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
b)Push the [ENTER] knob. Enter longitude and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
c) Push the [ENTER] knob. Enter UTC time and then push the [ENTER] knob. Go to  
step 11.  
Note: If you cannot confirm time, enter 88:88 to input NO INFO as the time.  
3) If you cannot confirm position of ship in distress, push the [ENTER] knob to open  
the INPUT TYPE menu, rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose NO INFO and then push  
the [ENTER] knob. Go to step 11.  
11. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. TYPE menu.  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE : RELAY SEL  
COAST ID: 001234567  
ID IN DIST : 123456789  
NATURE : UNDESIGNATED  
POS: 34  
°
45N 135  
°
22E AT 10:00  
TELEPHONE  
COM.TYPE  
NBDP-FEC  
DSC FREQ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
4-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS  
12.Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose TELEPHONE and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
(NBDP-FEC may also be used.) Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ  
menu.  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE: 
2187.5  
DISTR9  
4207.5  
6312.0  
8414.5  
COAST ID:  
ID IN DIST:  
12577.0  
16804.5  
DSC FREQ  
KHZ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
13.Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate DSC (NBDP) frequency and then  
push the [ENTER] knob. The display now looks something like the one below in case  
of radiotelephone.  
** Compose: RmEeLsAsYaSgEeL **  
CALL TYPE  
COAST ID  
ID IN DIST  
NATURE  
:
:
001234567  
NO INFO  
: SINKING  
POS: 34  
°
45N 135  
°
22E AT 10:00  
COM. TYPE  
DSC FREQ  
:
TELEPHONE  
:
8414.5 KHZ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
14.Press the [CALL] key, and the message “Category distress transmit sure?” appears.  
Continue pressing the key until the display shows “Distress relay sel call in progress!”  
to send the distress relay call.  
Category distress  
transmit sure?  
Distress relay sel  
call in progress!  
TO COAST :  
001234567  
ID IN DIST : NO INFO  
TO COAST  
:
001234567  
SHIP IN DIST : NO INFO  
[CALL] key  
pressed 3  
seconds  
POS : 34°45N 135°22E AT 10:00  
TELEPHONE  
DSC FREQ  
8291.0 KHZ  
8414.5 KHZ  
:
DSC FREQ  
TIME TO GO  
:
8414.5 KHZ  
8S  
KEEP PRESSED FOR  
3S  
:
15.The equipment then waits for acknowledgement of the distress relay, displaying the  
message shown below. If the distress relay is not acknowledged within five minutes,  
the message “No response. Try relay again.” appears. If this occurs, send the distress  
relay again.  
Wait for distress  
relay acknowledge.  
FROM COAST : 001234567  
SHIP IN DIST: NO INFO  
:
DSC FREQ  
8414.5 KHZ  
TIME TO GO : 4M59S  
4-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS  
16. When you receive the distress relay acknowledge call, the audio alarm sounds and  
the display shown below appears.  
Distress relay ack  
call received.  
COAST ID :  
SHIP IN DIST : NO INFO  
NATURE : SINKING  
001234567  
POS : 12°34N 123°45E AT 12:34  
TELEPHONE  
8291.0 KHZ  
STOP ALARM  
17. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the audio alarm. The following display appears.  
Received message  
*
*
JAN-23-2002-23:59  
ECC:OK  
DISTRESS RELAY ACK  
COAST ID :  
001234567  
SHIP IN DIST : NO INFO  
NATURE  
POS : 12°34N 123°45E AT 12:34  
TELEPHONE 8291.0 KHZ  
: SINKING  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
18.Communicate with the coast station.  
4.3.2 Sending distress relay to all ships  
Use this procedure to send the distress relay to all ships.  
1. Press the [2/DSC] key and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
** Compose message **  
INDIVIDUAL  
CALL TYPE  
STATION ID  
PRIORITY  
POLLING  
NEUTRAL  
MEDICAL  
PSTN CALL  
TEST CALL  
ALL SHIPS  
GROUP CALL  
AREA CALL  
POSITION  
Rotate [ENTER]  
knob to scroll.  
COM. TYPE  
COM. FREQ  
DSC FREQ  
RELAY ALL  
RELAY SEL  
DISTRESS  
GO  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose RELAYALL and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the ID IN DIST menu.  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE: RELAY ALL  
ID IN DIST  
000000000  
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED  
POS: 34°45N 135°45E AT 9:30  
COM. TYPE  
:
TELEPHONE  
DSC FREQ.  
:
8414.5 KHZ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
4. Key in ID of ship in distress (if known) with the numeric keys and then push the  
[ENTER] knob. (If you do not know the ID enter push the [ENTER] knob without  
entering ID.)  
4-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS  
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the NATURE menu.  
** Compose message **  
CALL T
UNDESIGNATED  
FIRE  
ID IN D
FLOODING  
NATUR
POS: I
COLLISION  
GROUNDING  
COM.T
LISTING  
DSC F
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose nature of distress and then push the [ENTER]  
knob. (If you do not know the nature of distress, choose UNDESIGNATED.)  
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the POS. menu, where you enter the position of the  
ship in distress and time, manually or automatically.  
** Compose message **  
: ALL SHIPS  
CALL TYPE  
ID
NA
INPUT TYPE: AUTO  
LAT : 34°45 NORTH  
LON : 135°45 EAST  
PO
TIME: 09:30 UTC  
:
COM. TYPE  
DSC FREQ  
: 8414.5 KHZ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
8. Enter position of the ship in distress, following 1), 2) or 3) below.  
1) For automatic input, push the [ENTER] knob twice. Go to step 9.  
2) For manual input, push the [ENTER] knob to open the INPUT TYPE menu, rotate the  
[ENTER] knob to choose MANUAL and then push the [ENTER] knob. Enter latitude and  
longitude of ship in distress and time as follows:  
a) Push the [ENTER] knob. Enter latitude and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
b) Push the [ENTER] knob. Enter longitude and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
c) Push the [ENTER] knob. Enter UTC time and then push the [ENTER] knob. Go to  
step 9.  
Note: If you cannot confirm time, enter 88:88 to input NO INFO as the time.  
3) If you cannot confirm position of ship in distress, push the [ENTER] knob to open  
the INPUT TYPE menu, rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose NO INFO and then push  
the [ENTER] knob. Go to step 9.  
9. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. TYPE menu.  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE: RELAY ALL  
ID IN DIST: 123456789  
NATURE :  
N
TELEPHONE  
POS: 34˚45N  
NBDP-FEC  
: TELEPHONE  
COM. TYPE  
DSC FREQ  
:
8414.5 KHZ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
10.Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose TELEPHONE (or NBDP-FEC) and then push the  
[ENTER] knob.  
4-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS  
11.Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE: 
2187.5  
ID IN DIST: 1
4207.5  
6312.0  
8414.5  
12577.0  
16804.5  
NATURE: UN  
POS: 34°45N  
COM TYPE:  
DSC FREQ  
KHZ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
12.Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate frequency and then push the [ENTER]  
knob. The display now looks something like the one below.  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE: RELAY ALL  
ID IN DIST: 123456789  
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED  
POS: 34˚45N 135˚45E AT 09:30  
COM TYPE  
DSC FREQ  
:
:
TELEPHONE  
8414.5 KHZ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
13.Press the [CALL] key, and the message “Category distress transmit sure!” appears.  
Continue pressing the key until the display shows “Distress relay all call in progress!” to  
send the distress relay call.  
Distress relay all  
Category distress  
*  
*  
call in progress!  
transmit sure?  
SHIP IN DIST: 123456789  
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED  
POS: 34˚45N 135˚45E AT 09:30  
[CALL] key  
pressed 3  
seconds  
COM TYPE  
:
TELEPHONE  
DSC FREQ :  
TIME TO GO:  
8414.5 KHZ  
29S  
DSC FREQ :  
8414.5 KHZ  
KEEP PRESSED FOR  
3S  
14. After the call is sent, the radiotelephone screen automatically appears.  
4-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS  
4.4 Receiving Distress Relay All Ships  
When you receive a distress relay for all ships, continue monitoring distress and safety  
frequencies.  
1. The audio alarm sounds and the display looks like the one below when a distress relay  
all ships call is received.  
Distress relay all  
call received.  
FROM SHIP:  
SHIP IN DIST:  
234567890  
123456789  
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED  
POS:12 34N 123 45E AT 12:34  
TELEPHONE 8291.5 kHZ  
°
°
STOP ALARM  
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm, and the display changes as below.  
Received message  
JAN-23-2002-23:59  
ECC: OK  
DISTRESS RELAY ALL  
FROM SHIP:  
234567890  
SHIP IN DIST:  
123456789  
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED  
POS: 12  
TELEPHONE  
°
34N 123  
°
45E AT 12:34  
8291.5 KHZ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
3. Press the [CANCEL] key to go to the radiotelephone screen.  
4. Watch distress/safety frequency.  
4.5 Receiving Distress Relay from Coast Station  
When you receive a distress relay call from a coast station, continue monitoring distress  
and safety frequencies.  
1. The audio alarm sounds and the display looks like the one in the left-hand figure below  
when a distress relay is received from a coast station. Press the [CANCEL] key to  
silence the audio alarm, and the display changes as in the right-hand figure below.  
Received message  
Distress relay all  
JAN-23-2002-23:59  
DISTRESS RELAY ALL  
FROM COAST:  
SHIP IN DIST:  
ECC: OK  
Press the  
[CANCEL] key.  
call received.  
FROM COAST:  
SHIP IN DIST:  
001234567  
123456789  
001234567  
123456789  
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED  
NATURE: UNDESIGNATED  
POS:12  
°
34N 123  
°
45E AT 12:34  
POS: 12  
°
34N 123  
°
45E AT 12:34  
TELEPHONE  
8291.5 KHZ  
TELEPHONE  
8291.5 KHZ  
STOP ALARM  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to go to the radiotelephone screen.  
3. Watch distress/safety frequency.  
4-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4 DISTRESS OPERATIONS  
(This page intentionally left blank.)  
4-20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
This chapter provides the information necessary for general calling and receiving.  
5.1 All Ships Call  
When an urgent but not life-endangering situation arises on your ship, for example, engine  
trouble, send an all ships call to request assistance.  
After sending the call, you can communicate by voice over the radiotelephone, or send a  
message by telex. For telephone, do the following before beginning actual communications:  
URGENCY priority: Say PAN three times followed by your call sign.  
SAFETY priority: Say SECURITE three times followed by your call sign.  
Coast  
Station  
Own Ship  
5.1.1 Sending an all ships call  
1. Press the [2/DSC] key followed by pushing the [ENTER] knob to display the CALL TYPE  
menu.  
** Compose message **  
INDIVIDUAL  
CALL TYPE  
STATION ID  
PRIORITY  
POLLING  
NEUTRAL  
MEDICAL  
PSTN CALL  
TEST CALL  
ALL SHIPS  
GROUP CALL  
AREA CALL  
POSITION  
Rotate [ENTER]  
knob to scroll.  
COM. TYPE  
COM. FREQ  
DSC FREQ  
RELAY ALL  
RELAY SEL  
DISTRESS  
GO  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ALL SHIPS and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
5-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to display the PRIORITY menu.  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE:  
PRIORITY  
ALL SHIPS  
SAFETY  
URGENCY  
COM. TYPE  
NE  
DISTRESS  
DSC FREQ  
:
2187.5 KHZ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose SAFETY or URGENCY as appropriate and then  
push the [ENTER] knob. (DISTRESS should be used only when there is a life  
endangering situation on board your vessel.)  
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. TYPE menu.  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE:  
PRIORITY :  
.TYPE  
ALL SHIPS  
SAFETY  
TELEPHONE  
NBDP-FEC  
DSC FREQ  
: 2187.5 KHZ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate communications mode and then push  
the [ENTER] knob.  
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.  
** Compose message **  
2187.5  
4207.5  
CALL TYPE  
PRIORITY  
COM TYPE  
6312.0  
8414.5  
NE  
12577.0  
16804.5  
5KHZ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
DSC FREQ  
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose frequency and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
9. Press the [CALL] key to send the call. For safety and urgency call the display shows “All  
ships call in progress.” For distress call, the display shows “Category distress transmit  
sure? If you are sure to transmit with distress priority, continue pressing the [CALL] key  
to show "All ships call in progress!".  
All ships  
call in progress!  
SAFETY  
TELEPHONE  
DSC FREQ :  
TIME TO GO:  
2182.0 KHZ  
2187.5 KHZ  
5S  
10. The radiotelephone screen automatically appears after the call is sent (timer counts  
down to zero). The equipment is then set up for telephone (or NBDP) and safety or  
urgency priority, using DSC pair frequencies.  
5-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
Sending message by NBDP Terminal Unit  
1. The message “STATION ENTRY COMPLETED FROM DSC. Press any key to escape.”  
appears on the NBDP’s display. Press any key on the NBDP Terminal Unit to erase the  
message.  
2. Press the function key [F3] on the keyboard of the NBDP Terminal Unit to show the  
Operate menu.  
3. Choose “Call Station” and then press the [Enter] key.  
4. “DSC” is selected; press the [Enter] key. “Connect” appears in reverse video.  
5. Type and transmit your message.  
6. When you have finished sending your message, press the [F10] key to disconnect the  
line.  
5.1.2 Receiving an all ships call  
1. When an all ships call is received, the audio alarm sounds and the display looks  
something like the one shown below.  
All ships  
call received.  
FROM SHIP:  
SAFETY  
123456789  
2182.0 KHZ  
STOP ALARM  
TELEPHONE  
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display shows partial contents of the  
all ships call as below.  
Received message  
*
*
MAR-23-2002-23:59  
ECC: OK  
ALL SHIPS CALL  
FROM SHIP:  
SAFETY  
123456789  
2182.0 KHZ  
TELEPHONE  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
To view detailed contents,  
push the [ENTER] knob.  
3. Press the [CANCEL] key again to go to the radiotelephone screen. Watch for  
communications about all ships call on the radiotelephone.  
5-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
5.2 Individual Call  
The individual call is for calling a specific station. After sending an individual call, called ACK  
RQ transmission, wait to receive the acknowledge back (ACK BQ) signal from the receiving  
station.  
5.2.1 Sending an individual call  
1. Press the [2/DSC] key and then push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.  
** Compose message **  
INDIVIDUAL  
CALL TYPE  
STATION ID  
PRIORITY  
POLLING  
NEUTRAL  
MEDICAL  
PSTN CALL  
TEST CALL  
ALL SHIPS  
GROUP CALL  
AREA CALL  
POSITION  
Rotate [ENTER]  
knob to scroll.  
COM. TYPE  
COM. FREQ  
DSC FREQ  
RELAY ALL  
RELAY SEL  
DISTRESS  
GO  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose INDIVIDUAL and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the STATION ID menu.  
** Compose message **  
: INDIVIDUAL  
CALL TYPE  
STATION ID  
PRIORITY  
000000000  
: ROUTINE  
: TELEPHONE  
COM. TYPE  
COM. FREQ  
DSC FREQ  
: NO INFO  
: 2M-INTL  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
4. Use the numeric keys to key in the ID of the station where to send the call and then push  
the [ENTER] knob.  
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the PRIORITY menu.  
** Compose message **  
: INDIVIDUAL  
CALL TYPE  
STATION ID  
PRIORITY  
ROUTINE  
BUSINESS  
SAFETY  
E  
COM. TYPE  
COM. FREQ  
DSC FREQ  
URGENCY  
: 2M-INTL  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
5-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate priority (normally ROUTINE) and then  
push the [ENTER] knob.  
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. TYPE menu.  
Routine or  
For Safety or  
Business Priority  
Urgency Priority  
** Compose message **  
MAIN  
TTY RCV  
TTY  
MORSE KEY  
MORSE TAPE  
FACSIMILE  
DATA  
TELEPHONE  
NBPD-ARQ  
NBDP-FEC  
: INDIVIDUAL  
: ---------  
CALL TYPE  
STATION ID  
PRIORITY  
TELEPHONE  
NBDP-ARQ  
COM. TYPE  
COM. FREQ  
DSC FREQ  
NBDP-FEC  
SPECIAL  
GO  
Push [ENTER]  
knob to display.  
V21  
V26 BIS  
V22  
V22 BIS  
V23  
V26 TER  
V27 TER  
V32  
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose communications type desired and then push the  
[ENTER] knob.  
9. For routine and business priority, push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. FREQ  
menu. For safety and urgency priority, go to step 11.  
** Compose message **  
: INDIVIDUAL  
: 123456789  
CALL TYPE  
STATION ID  
PRIORITY  
NO INFO  
FREQUENCY  
CHANNEL  
COM. TYPE  
COM. FREQ  
DSC FREQ  
POSITION*  
: 12M-INTL  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
* POSITION is displayed if a coast  
station is specified at step 3.  
10.Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose communication frequency setting method desired  
and then push the [ENTER] knob. For FREQUENCY and CHANNEL, see “How to Set  
Working Frequency, Channel” on the next page. NO INFO and POSITION let the  
receiving station set the working frequency. Choose NO INFO or POSITION to send the  
call to a coast station; FREQUENCY or CHANNEL to send the call to a ship station.  
5-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
How to Set Working Frequency, Channel  
To send a call, set the working frequency as below, to communicate with the receiving station.  
The working frequency can be entered by Tx and Rx frequencies or channel number.  
Routine or ship's business priority  
1. After selecting FREQUENCY or CHANNEL, one of the following pop-up windows appears.  
TX:  
RX:  
0.0 KHZ  
0.0 KHZ  
CH:  
Channel  
0
Frequency  
2. Key in TX frequency or channel with the numeric keys. (For channel, push the [ENTER] knob  
to finish.)  
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose the RX field, key in RX frequency and then push the  
[ENTER] knob to finish.  
Safety or urgency priority  
For safety or urgency priority the communication frequency cannot be selected; it is automatically  
set to the pair frequency as set for the DSC frequency.  
11. Follow the instructions on the next page to choose DSC frequency desired.  
5-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
How to Set DSC Frequency  
Routine or ship’s business priority  
1. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC FREQ and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
** Compose message **  
Rotate the [ENTER]  
knob to scroll.  
CALL TYPE:  
STATION ID:  
PRIORITY:  
COM. TYP:  
COM. FREQ:  
DSC FREQ  
4 MHZ  
2 MHZ  
16 MHZ  
18 MHZ  
22 MHZ  
25 MHZ  
OTHER  
6 MHZ  
8 MHZ  
OTHER: Private channel  
12 MHZ  
: 2M-INTL  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate DSC band and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
One of the menus shown below appears depending on the band selected.  
Rotate the [ENTER] knob  
to scroll menu to view user  
channels (if registered).  
** Compose message **  
LOCAL = Local channel  
CALL TYPE  
S
:
2 MHz  
INTL  
:
:
:
T12577.5/R12657.0  
P
LOCAL1  
T12578.0/R12657.5  
USER CH1  
USER CH2  
USER CH3  
USER CH4  
:
:
:
:
T12345.0/R12345.0  
T12345.5/R12345.5  
T12346.0/R12346.0  
T12346.5/R12346.5  
LOCAL2  
C
T12578.5/R12658.0  
C
D
2MHz menu  
8MHz menu  
18MHz menu  
INTL  
:T 2189.5/R 2177.0  
INTL  
:T 8415.0/R 8436.5  
INTL  
:T18898.5/R19703.5  
LOCAL1 :T18899.0/R19704.0  
LOCAL2 :T18899.5/R19704.5  
LOCAL :T 8415.5/R8437.0  
LOCAL :T 8416.0/R8437.5  
4MHz menu  
12MHz menu  
22MHz menu  
INTL  
:T 4208.0/R 4219.5  
INTL  
:T 12577.5/R12657.0  
INTL  
:T 22374.5/R22444.0  
LOCAL1 :T 4208.5/R 4220.0  
LOCAL2 :T 4209.0/R 4220.5  
LOCAL1 :T 12578.0/R12657.5  
LOCAL2 :T 12578.5/R12658.0  
LOCAL1 :T 22375.0/R22444.5  
LOCAL2 :T 22375.5/R22445.0  
6MHz menu  
25MHz menu  
16MHz menu  
INTL  
:T 6312.5/R 6331.0  
INTL  
:T 25208.5/R26121.0  
INTL  
:T 16805.0/R16903.0  
LOCAL1 :T 6313.0/R 6331.5  
LOCAL2 :T 6313.5/R 6332.0  
LOCAL1 :T 25209.0/R26121.5  
LOCAL2 :T 25209.5/R26122.0  
LOCAL1 :T 16805.5/R16903.5  
LOCAL2 :T 16806.0/R16904.0  
Other menu  
INTL  
:T 458.5/R 455.5  
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC frequency and then push the [ENTER] knob. The  
display shows the DSC frequency band selected, at "DSC FREQ".  
Safety or urgency priority  
For safety or urgency priority "COM. FREQ" is automatically set to the same pair frequency as the  
DSC frequency.  
1. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC FREQ and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
** Compose message **  
2187.5  
CALL TYPE:  
STATION ID: 4207.5  
6312.0  
PRIORITY  
8414.5  
COM. TYPE  
COM. FREQ  
DSC FREQ  
12577.0  
16804.5  
: 2187.5 KHZ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate frequency and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
5-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
12. Press the [CALL] key to send the individual call (transmission time: about seven  
seconds). The display shows the message "Individual request call in progress!" while  
the call is being sent.  
Individual request  
call in progress!  
Note: When the channel is in use,  
"CH BUSY" appears at the  
lower left-hand side of the  
screen.  
TO SHIP:  
123456789  
ROUTINE  
Press [CALL] key for forced  
transmission.  
TELEPHONE  
DSC FREQ :  
TIME TO GO:  
2138.0 KHZ  
2177.0 KHZ  
7S  
13.After the call is sent, the equipment waits for acknowledgement of the call, showing the  
display below.  
Waiting for  
acknowledgement.  
FROM SHIP:  
ROUTINE  
123456789  
TELEPHONE  
DSC FREQ :  
TIME TO GO:  
2138.0 KHZ  
2177.0 KHZ  
4M30S  
14.The timer starts counting down the maximum time to wait for acknowledgement, five  
minutes, randomly set. One of the following three messages appears. (“No response!  
Try calling again.” appears after the timer counts down to zero. It means the receiving  
station did not respond.)  
No response!  
Try calling again?  
Unable acknowledge  
call received.  
Able acknowledge  
call received.  
NO REASON GIVEN  
FROM SHIP:  
ROUTINE  
TELEPHONE  
123456789  
FROM SHIP:  
ROUTINE  
123456789  
2138.0 KHZ  
2177.0 KHZ  
FROM SHIP:  
ROUTINE  
123456789  
TELEPHONE  
2138.0 KHZ  
DSC FREQ  
:
STOP ALARM  
STOP ALARM  
CALL AGAIN  
Able acknowledge call received  
Unable acknowledge call received  
No response from station  
15.Do one of the following depending on the message shown in step 14.  
5-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
Able acknowledge call received  
Communicating by radiotelephone  
The audio alarm sounds; press the [CANCEL] key to silence it, and the display changes as  
below. Press the [CANCEL] key to go to the radiotelephone screen. The working frequency  
is automatically set; you may start voice communications by radiotelephone.  
Received message  
*
*
MAR-23-2002-23:59  
ECC: OK  
ABLE ACKNOWLEDGE  
FROM SHIP:  
123456789  
2138.0 KHZ  
ROUTINE  
TELEPHONE  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
Sending message by NBDP Terminal Unit  
1. The message “STATION ENTRY COMPLETED FROM DSC. Press any key to escape.”  
appears on the NBDP’s display. Press any key on the NBDP Terminal Unit to erase the  
message.  
2. Press the function key [F3] on the keyboard of the NBDP Terminal Unit to show the  
Operate menu.  
3. Choose “Call Station” and then press the [Enter] key.  
4. “DSC” is selected; press the [Enter] key. “Connect” appears in reverse video.  
5. Type and transmit your message.  
6. When you have finished sending your message, press the [F10] key to disconnect the  
line.  
Unable acknowledge call received  
The alarm sounds; press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display looks  
something like the one below. Send the call again later. If the coast station sends the  
message “QUEUE INDICATION,” wait until your turn arrives.  
Reason for unable to acknowledge:  
Received message  
NO REASON GIVEN  
*
*
MAR-23-2002-23:59  
ECC: OK  
CONGESTION AT SWITCHING CENTRE*  
BUSY  
UNABLE ACKOWLEDGE  
NO REASON GIVEN  
QUEUE INDICATION*  
STATION BARRED*  
FROM SHIP:  
ROUTINE  
123456789  
NO OPERATOR AVAILABLE*  
OPERATOR TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE*  
EQUIPMENT DISABLE  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
MODE NOT USABLE  
CHANNEL NOT USABLE  
* Coast station use  
No response! Try calling again?  
Re-send call: Push the [ENTER] knob followed by pressing the [CALL] key.  
Cancel call: Press the [CANCEL] key to go to radiotelephone screen.  
5-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
5.2.2 Receiving an individual call  
When own ship receives an individual call, acknowledgement is automatically or manually  
sent depending on the comply-type setting (see paragraph 7.2). The relationship between  
comply type and automatic/manual acknowledge is as shown in the table below.  
Comply type  
Setting of  
ABLE  
UNABLE  
[5/ACQ /SQ] key  
AUTO ACK  
Can send acknowledge  
automatically  
Can send UNABLE  
automatically.  
MANUAL ACK  
Can send acknowledge  
manually  
Can send UNABLE manually.  
Note: The handset must be on hook to enable automatic acknowledge.  
Sending automatic acknowledge (ACK BQ) with comply type “ABLE”  
1. When an individual call is received and the automatic acknowledge feature is active  
(AUTO ACK) and the comply type is “ABLE,” the display shown below appears. This  
display indicates that the auto acknowledge (ACK BQ) call is being sent.  
Able acknowledge  
call in progress!  
TO SHIP:  
123456789  
ROUTINE  
TELEPHONE  
DSC FREQ :  
TIME TO GO:  
CH 201  
2177.0 KHZ  
6S  
2. It takes about seven seconds to transmit the call, after which the audio alarm sounds  
and the following message appears.  
Able acknowledge  
call transmitted.  
TO SHIP:  
123456789  
CH 201  
ROUTINE  
TELEPHONE  
STOP ALARM  
3. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The following display appears.  
Xmitted message  
*
*
MAR-23-2002-23:01  
ABLE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT  
TO SHIP:  
123456789  
ROUTINE  
TELEPHONE  
CH 201  
RE-SEND  
ALL VIEW  
4. Press the [CANCEL] key. You can now communicate with the party, over the  
radiotelephone frequency specified or by the NBDP terminal unit.  
5-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
Communicating by NBDP Terminal Unit  
After acknowledging an individual call, do the following to send a message by NBDP  
Terminal Unit.  
1. The control unit’s display shows “OCCUPIED” and the TX and RX frequencies.  
2. The message from the other station appears on your NBDP Terminal Unit.  
3. After receiving the message from other station, type your message and then transmit it.  
4. Press the function key [F10] (BREAK) to disconnect the line.  
Sending automatic acknowledge (ACK BQ) with comply type “UNABLE”  
1. When an individual call is received and the automatic acknowledge feature is active  
(AUTO ACK) and comply type is “UNABLE,” the display shown below appears,  
indicating that the auto acknowledge call with UNABLE (ACK BQ) is being sent.  
Unable acknowledge  
call in progress!  
BUSY  
TO SHIP  
ROUTINE  
:
121234567  
DSC FREQ : 12577.5 KHZ  
TIME TO GO : 6S  
2. It takes about seven seconds to transmit the call, after which the audio alarm sounds  
and the following message appears.  
Unable acknowledge  
call transmitted.  
BUSY  
TO SHIP : 121234567  
ROUTINE  
STOP ALARM  
3. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The following display appears.  
Xmitted message  
*
*
JUL-23-2002-23:01  
UNABLE ACKNOWLEDGE  
BUSY  
TO SHIP :  
ROUTINE  
121234567  
RE-SEND  
ALL VIEW  
4. Push the [ENTER] knob to confirm the message. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to scroll the  
message. Choose GO TO EASY VIEW and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
5-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
5. If you want to send a proposal, rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose RE-SEND and then  
push the [ENTER] knob.  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE : UNABLE  
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT  
REASON: NO REASON  
GIVEN  
STATION ID: 001234567  
DSC FREQ : 12M-INTL  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
a) Push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.  
b) Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ABLE and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
c) Prepare message as appropriate and then press the [CALL] key to transmit the message.  
After you receive acknowledgement from the other party you can start communications.  
Manually acknowledging individual call with “ABLE”  
1. When an individual call is received and the equipment is set up with manual  
acknowledge (MANUAL ACK)and comply type “ABLE,” the alarm sounds and the  
display looks like the one below.  
Individual request  
call received.  
FROM SHIP:  
ROUTINE  
121234567  
CH 401  
STOP ALARM  
TELEPHONE  
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display changes as shown below.  
Received message  
MAR-23-2002-23:00:00  
ECC: OK  
INDIVIDUAL REQUEST  
FROM SHIP:  
ROUTINE  
001234567  
CH 401  
ALL VIEW  
TELEPHONE  
To view contents, rotate [ENTER] knob  
to choose ALL VIEW and then push  
[ENTER] knob.  
ANSWER  
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ANSWER and then push the [ENTER] knob. Push  
the [ENTER] knob again to open the CALL TYPE menu.  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE : ABLE  
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT  
ABLE  
ONE  
UNABLE  
: CH 401  
STATION ID  
COM. TYPE  
COM. FREQ  
7  
DSC FREQ  
: 4M-INTL  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
5-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ABLE and then push the [ENTER] knob. The  
display changes as below. (Working frequency is automatically set as specified by other  
party.)  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE: ABLE  
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT  
STATION ID: 121234567  
COM. TYPE: TELEPHONE  
COM. FREQ: CH401  
DSC FREQ:  
4M-INTL  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
5. Press the [CALL] key to send the call. The display changes as below.  
Able acknowledge  
call in progress!  
TO SHIP  
:
121234567  
ROUTINE  
TELEPHONE  
DSC FREQ :  
TIME TO GO:  
CH 401  
4208.0 KHZ  
7S  
6. After the call is completely sent (transmission time: 7 sec.), the radiotelephone screen  
appears (if the communications mode is telephone). You can begin voice  
communications by radiotelephone. For NBDP operation, do the following:  
Communicating by NBDP Terminal Unit  
After acknowledging an individual call, do the following to communicate by NBDP Terminal  
Unit.  
1. The control unit’s display shows “OCCUPIED” and the TX and RX frequencies.  
2. The message from the other party appears on your NBDP Terminal Unit.  
3. After receiving the message from the other party, type your message and transmit it.  
4. Press the function key [F10] (BREAK) to disconnect the line.  
5-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
Manually acknowledging individual call with “UNABLE”  
1. When an individual call is received and the equipment is set up with manual  
acknowledge, the alarm sounds and the display shows the message "Individual request  
call received."  
Individual request  
call received.  
FROM SHIP:  
ROUTINE  
121234567  
CH 401  
STOP ALARM  
TELEPHONE  
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display changes as below.  
Received message  
*
*
MAR-23-2002-23:00:00  
ECC: OK  
INDIVIDUAL REQUEST  
FROM SHIP:  
ROUTINE  
121234567  
CH 401  
ALL VIEW  
TELEPHONE  
To view contents, rotate [ENTER] knob  
to choose ALL VIEW and push the  
[ENTER] knob.  
ANSWER  
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ANSWER and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
4. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE : ABLE  
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT  
ABLE  
TO SHIP  
7  
COM. TYPE  
COM. FREQ  
ONE  
: CH401  
UNABLE  
DSC FREQ:  
4M-INTL  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
5. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose UNABLE and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
6. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the REASON menu.  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE : UNABLE  
NO REASON  
AC
BUSY  
REASON  
EQUIP DISABLE  
TO SHIP  
MODE NOT USABLE  
DSC FRE
CH NOT USABLE  
7. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose an appropriate reason and then push the [ENTER]  
knob.  
5-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
8. The display changes as below.  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE : UNABLE  
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT  
REASON  
: CHANNEL  
NOT USABLE  
STATION ID : 121234567  
DSC FREQ 4M-INTL  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
:
9. Press the [CALL] key to send the call. The display shows "Unable acknowledge call in  
progress!" while the call is being sent.  
Unable acknowledge  
call in progress!  
CHANNEL NOT USABLE  
TO SHIP:  
ROUTINE  
121234567  
DSC FREQ :  
TIME TO GO:  
4208.0 KHZ  
6S  
10.The timer counts down the time remaining until the call is sent (transmission time: about  
seven seconds). The DSC standby screen appears after the call has been transmitted.  
5.3 Group Call  
A group call is for calling a specific group by specifying its group ID.  
5.3.1 Sending a group call  
1. Press the [2/DSC] key and then push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.  
** Compose message **  
INDIVIDUAL  
CALL TYPE  
STATION ID  
PRIORITY  
POLLING  
NEUTRAL  
MEDICAL  
PSTN CALL  
TEST CALL  
ALL SHIPS  
GROUP CALL  
AREA CALL  
POSITION  
Rotate [ENTER]  
knob to scroll.  
COM. TYPE  
COM. FREQ  
DSC FREQ  
RELAY ALL  
RELAY SEL  
DISTRESS  
GO  
2. Choose GROUP CALL and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the GROUP ID menu.  
** Compose message **  
: GROUP CALL  
CALL TYPE  
GROUP ID  
PRIORITY  
COM. TYPE  
000000000  
: ROUTINE  
: TELEPHONE  
: NO INFO  
COM. FREQ  
DSC FREQ  
: 2M-INTL  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
4. Key in group ID (nine digits) with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
5-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the PRIORITY menu.  
** Compose message **  
: GROUP CALL  
CALL TYPE  
GROUP ID  
PRIORITY  
ROUTINE  
SAFETY  
COM. TYPE  
COM. FREQ  
DSC FREQ  
URGENCY  
NO INFO  
: 2M-INTL  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose priority desired and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. TYPE menu.  
For Routine  
For Safety or Urgency  
** Compose message **  
Rotate the [ENTER]  
knob to scroll.  
TELEPHONE  
NBDP-FEC  
CALL TYPE  
GROUP ID  
PRIORITY  
COM. TYPE  
TELEPHONE  
NBDP-FEC  
MAIN  
TTY RCV  
TTY  
SPECIAL  
MORSE KEY  
MORSE TAPE  
FACSIMILE  
COM. FREQ  
DSC FREQ  
2
GO TO ALL VIEW  
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose communication type desired and then push the  
[ENTER] knob.  
9. For routine priority, push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. FREQ menu. For  
safety or urgency priority, go to step 11.  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE  
GROUP ID  
: GROUP CALL  
:
012345678  
NO INFO  
PRIORITY  
COM. TYPE  
FREQUENCY  
COM. FREQ  
CHANNEL  
DSC FREQ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
10.Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose communication frequency desired and then push  
the [ENTER] knob. (See page 5-6 for details.) NO INFO lets other party choose  
communication frequency.  
11. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE  
GROUP ID  
PRIORITY  
CALL  
2 MHZ  
Rotate the [ENTER]  
knob to select.  
4 MHZ  
16 MHZ  
18 MHZ  
22 MHZ  
25 MHZ  
OTHER  
E
6 MHZ  
COM. TYPE  
COM. FREQ  
DSC FREQ  
ONE  
8 MHZ  
OTHER: Private channels.  
12 MHZ  
TL  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
12.Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC band desired and then push the [ENTER]  
knob to open the DSC FREQ menu. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC frequency  
desired and then push the [ENTER] knob. (See “How to set DSC frequency” on page  
5-7 for details.)  
5-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE  
GROUP ID  
PRIORITY  
COM. TYPE  
: GROUP CALL  
012345678  
: ROUTINE  
:
: TELEPHONE  
COM. FREQ : 2164.0 KHZ  
DSC FREQ  
: 2M-INTL  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
13.Press the [CALL] key to send the group call (transmission time: about seven seconds).  
The display shows "Group call in progress!" while the call is being sent.  
Group  
call in progress!  
GROUP ID  
ROUTINE  
:
012345678  
TELEPHONE  
DSC FREQ  
2164.0 KHZ  
2177.0 KHZ  
6S  
:
:
TIME TO GO  
14. The radiotelephone screen automatically appears after the call is sent, if frequency was  
specified.  
15. If you selected TELEPHONE at step 7, communicate by radiotelephone. For NBDP, do  
the following:  
Sending message by NBDP Terminal Unit  
1. The message “STATION ENTRY COMPLETED FROM DSC. Press any key to escape.”  
appears on the NBDP’s display. Press any key on the NBDP Terminal Unit to erase the  
message.  
2. Press the function key [F3] on the keyboard of the NBDP Terminal Unit to show the  
Operate menu.  
3. Choose “Call Station” and then press the [Enter] key.  
4. “DSC” is selected; press the [Enter] key. “Connect” appears in reverse video.  
5. Type and transmit your message.  
6. When you have finished sending your message, press the [F10] key to disconnect the  
line.  
5-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
5.3.2 Receiving a group call  
Group ID must be registered in order to receive a group call. See paragraph 6.2.  
1. The audio alarm sounds and the display shows "Group call received" when a group call  
is received.  
Group  
call received.  
FROM SHIP:  
ROUTINE  
123456789  
TX: 2164.0 KHZ  
RX: 2164.0 KHZ  
TELEPHONE  
STOP ALARM  
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm, and the display changes as below.  
Received message  
*
*
MAR-23-2002-23:59  
ECC: OK  
GROUP CALL  
FROM SHIP :  
ROUTINE  
123456789  
TX: 2164.0 KHZ  
RX: 2164.0 KHZ  
TELEPHONE  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
3. Press the [CANCEL] key to go to the radiotelephone screen. Watch on the working  
frequency.  
Receiving message by NBDP Terminal Unit  
After receiving a group call, do the following:  
1. The controls unit’s display shows “OCCUPIED” and the TX and RX frequencies.  
2. The message from the sending station appears on your NBDP Terminal Unit.  
5-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
5.4 Geographical Area Call  
The geographical area call is for sending a call to all ships within the area you designate in  
your geographical area call. In the figure below, for example, the call will be sent to all ships  
within 24-34°N, 135-140°W.  
Reference point  
(For example,  
34°N 140°W)  
34°N  
10°  
24°N  
5°  
140°W  
135°W  
5.4.1 Sending a geographical area call  
1. Press the [2/DSC] key and then push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.  
** Compose message **  
INDIVIDUAL  
CALL TYPE  
STATION ID  
PRIORITY  
POLLING  
NEUTRAL  
MEDICAL  
PSTN CALL  
TEST CALL  
ALL SHIPS  
GROUP CALL  
AREA CALL  
POSITION  
Rotate [ENTER]  
knob to scroll.  
COM. TYPE  
COM. FREQ  
DSC FREQ  
RELAY ALL  
RELAY SEL  
DISTRESS  
GO  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose AREA CALL and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the AREA menu.  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE  
: AREA CALL  
AREA 00°N 000°E ↓ 00°→ 00  
: ROUTINE  
: TELEPHONE  
: NO INFO  
PRIORITY  
COM. TYPE  
COM. FREQ  
DSC FREQ  
: 2M-INTL  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
4. Using the numeric keys, enter latitude and longitude of reference point and southerly  
degrees and easterly degrees of area. To change coordinate, choose it and press the  
[1] key for North or East; [2] key for South or West. After entering data, push the  
[ENTER] knob.  
5-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the PRIORITY menu.  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE  
: AREA CALL  
ROUTINE  
AREA : 34°00N 5°  
SAFETY  
PRIORITY  
URGENCY  
COM. TYPE  
COM. FREQ  
DSC FREQ  
: NO INFO  
: 2M-INTL  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose priority desired and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. TYPE menu.  
For Routine  
For Safety or Urgency  
Rotate the [ENTER]  
knob to scroll.  
TELEPHONE  
NBDP-FEC  
** Compose message **  
MAIN  
TTY RCV  
TTY  
MORSE KEY  
MORSE TAPE  
FACSIMILE  
CALL TYPE  
: AREA CALL  
TELEPHONE  
AREA : 34°00N 13
NBDP-FEC  
PRIORITY  
:
SPECIAL  
COM. TYPE  
COM. FREQ  
DSC FREQ  
:
: NO INFO  
: 2M-INTL  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose communication type desired and then push the  
[ENTER] knob.  
9. For routine priority, push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. FREQ menu. For  
safety or urgency priority, go to step 12.  
** Compose message **  
: AREA CALL  
CALL TYPE  
AREA: 34°N 140°W ↓10° → 5°  
NO INFO  
PRIORITY  
FREQUENCY  
CHANNEL  
COM. TYPE  
COM. FREQ  
DSC FREQ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
10. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose frequency or channel and then enter frequency or  
channel. (See page 5-6 for details.)  
11. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.  
Rotate the [ENTER]  
knob to scroll.  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE:  
AREA:  
I
2 MHZ  
4 MHZ  
0
16 MHZ  
18 MHZ  
22 MHZ  
25 MHZ  
OTHER  
6 MHZ  
PRIORITY  
:
8 MHZ  
COM. TYPE :
OTHER: Private channels.  
12 MHZ  
COM. FREQ :
DSC FREQ  
:
TL  
12M-INTL  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
12. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC band desired and then push the [ENTER]  
knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.  
5-20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
13. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC frequency desired and then push the  
[ENTER] knob. (See “How to set DSC frequency” on page 5-7 for details.) Your display  
should now look something like one below.  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE  
: AREA CALL  
AREA : 34°N 140°W ↓10° → 5°  
PRIORITY  
: ROUTINE  
COM. TYPE  
COM. FREQ  
: TELEPHONE  
:
2164.0 KHZ  
DSC FREQ  
: 2M-INTL  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
14. Press the [CALL] key to send the geographical area call (transmission time: about  
seven seconds). The display shows "Geographical area call in progress!" while the call  
is being sent.  
Geographical area  
call in progress!  
AREA: 34°N 140°W ↓10° → 5°  
ROUTINE  
TELEPHONE  
2164.0 KHZ  
2M-INTL  
7S  
DSC FREQ  
:
:
TIME TO GO  
15. After the call is sent the radiotelephone screen appears. If you chose radiotelephone at  
step 8, you can now communicate with the other party. For NBDP, do the following:  
Sending message by NBDP Terminal Unit  
1. The message “STATION ENTRY COMPLETED FROM DSC. Press any key to escape.”  
appears on the NBDP’s display. Press any key on the NBDP Terminal Unit to erase the  
message.  
2. Press the function key [F3] on the keyboard of the NBDP Terminal Unit to show the  
Operate menu.  
3. Choose “Call Station” and then press the [Enter] key.  
4. “DSC” is selected; press the [Enter] key. “Connect” appears in reverse video.  
5. Type and transmit your message.  
6. When you have finished sending your message, press the [F10] key to disconnect the  
line.  
5-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
5.4.2 Receiving a geographical area call  
1. The alarm sounds and the display shows "Geographical area call received" when a  
geographical area call is received.  
Geographical area  
call received.  
FROM SHIP:  
ROUTINE  
123456789  
TELEPHONE  
TX: 2164.0KHZ  
RX: 2164.0KHZ  
STOP ALARM  
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display changes as below.  
Received message  
*
*
MAR-23-2002-23:59  
ECC: OK  
GEOGRAPHICAL AREA  
FROM SHIP :  
ROUTINE  
123456789  
TX: 2164.0KHZ  
RX: 2164.0KHZ  
TELEPHONE  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
3. Press the [CANCEL] key to go to the radiotelephone screen. Watch on the working  
frequency specified in the geographic area call.  
Receiving message by NBDP Terminal Unit  
After receiving a geographic call, do the following to watch by NBDP Terminal Unit:  
1. The control unit’s display shows “OCCUPIED” and the TX and RX frequencies.  
2. The message from the sending station appears on your NBDP Terminal Unit.  
5-22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
5.5 Neutral Craft Call  
The neutral craft call, which contains own ship position and ID, informs all ships that your  
ship is not a participant in armed conflict. Send the call BEFORE entering an area of armed  
conflict.  
5.5.1 Sending a neutral craft call  
1. Press the [2/DSC] key and then push the [ENTER] knob to display the CALL TYPE  
menu.  
** Compose message **  
INDIVIDUAL  
CALL TYPE  
STATION ID  
PRIORITY  
POLLING  
NEUTRAL  
MEDICAL  
PSTN CALL  
TEST CALL  
ALL SHIPS  
GROUP CALL  
AREA CALL  
POSITION  
Rotate [ENTER]  
knob to scroll.  
COM. TYPE  
COM. FREQ  
DSC FREQ  
RELAY ALL  
RELAY SEL  
DISTRESS  
GO  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose NEUTRAL and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the PRIORITY menu.  
** Compose message **  
: NEUTRAL  
CALL TYPE  
SAFETY  
PRIORITY  
URGENCY  
: TELEPHONE  
COM. TYPE  
:
2187.5 KHZ  
DSC FREQ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate priority and then push the [ENTER]  
knob.  
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. TYPE menu.  
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose communication type desired (radiotelephone or  
NBDP-FEC) and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.  
** Compose **  
2187.5  
4207.5  
CALL TYPE  
6312.0  
8414.5  
12577.0  
PRIORITY  
COM. TYPE  
DSC FREQ  
16804.5  
KHZ  
VIEW  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate frequency and then push the [ENTER]  
knob.  
5-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE  
: NEUTRAL  
CRAFT  
PRIORITY  
: SAFETY  
COM. TYPE  
: TELEPHONE  
DSC FREQ  
:
2187.5 KHZ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
9. Press the [CALL] key to send the neutral craft call (transmission time: approx. 7 sec.).  
Neutral craft  
call in progress!  
SAFETY  
TELEPHONE  
DSC FREQ :  
TIME TO GO:  
2182.0 KHZ  
2187.5 KHZ  
7S  
10.After the call is sent the radiotelephone screen appears. Inform all ships by  
radiotelephone that your ship is not a participant in armed conflict.  
Sending message by NBDP Terminal Unit  
1. The message “STATION ENTRY COMPLETED FROM DSC. Press any key to escape.”  
appears on the NBDP’s display. Press any key on the NBDP Terminal Unit to erase the  
message.  
2. Press the function key [F3] on the keyboard of the NBDP Terminal Unit to show the  
Operate menu.  
3. Choose “Call Station” and then press the [Enter] key.  
4. “DSC” is selected; press the [Enter] key. “Connect” appears in reverse video.  
5. Type and transmit your message.  
6. When you have finished sending your message, press the [F10] key to disconnect the  
line.  
5-24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
5.5.2 Receiving a neutral craft call  
1. When a neutral craft call is received the alarm sounds and the display changes as  
below.  
Neutral craft  
call received.  
FROM SHIP:  
SAFETY  
123456789  
TELEPHONE  
2182.0 KHZ  
STOP ALARM  
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display changes as below.  
Received message  
*
*
MAR-23-2002-23:59  
ECC: OK  
NEUTRAL CRAFT  
FROM SHIP:  
SAFETY  
123456789  
TELEPHONE  
2182.0 KHZ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
3. Press the [CANCEL] key to go to the radiotelephone screen. Watch on the working  
frequency specified by radiotelephone or NBDP.  
Receiving message by NBDP Terminal Unit  
After receiving a neutral craft call, do the following to watch by NBDP Terminal Unit.  
1. The control unit’s display shows “OCCUPIED” and the TX and RX frequencies.  
2. The message from the sending station appears on your NBDP Terminal Unit.  
5-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
5.6 Medical Transport Call  
The medical transport call informs all ships, by urgency priority, that own ship carries  
medical supplies.  
5.6.1 Sending a medical transport call  
1. Press the [2/DSC] key and then push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.  
** Compose message **  
INDIVIDUAL  
CALL TYPE  
STATION ID  
PRIORITY  
POLLING  
NEUTRAL  
MEDICAL  
PSTN CALL  
TEST CALL  
ALL SHIPS  
GROUP CALL  
AREA CALL  
POSITION  
Rotate [ENTER]  
knob to scroll.  
COM. TYPE  
COM. FREQ  
DSC FREQ  
RELAY ALL  
RELAY SEL  
DISTRESS  
GO  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MEDICAL and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
Note: PRIORITY is automatically selected to URGENCY.  
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. TYPE menu.  
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose communication type desired (radiotelephone and  
NBDP-FEC) and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.  
** Compose message **  
2187.5  
4207.5  
CALL TYPE  
6312.0  
8414.5  
PRIORITY  
COM. TYPE  
DSC FREQ  
12577.0  
16804.5  
KHZ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate frequency and then push the [ENTER]  
knob. The display changes as below.  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE  
: MEDICAL  
TRANSPORT  
PRIORITY  
: URGENCY  
COM. TYPE : TELEPHONE  
DSC FREQ 2187.5 KHZ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
:
7. Press the [CALL] key to send the call (transmission time: about seven seconds). The  
display shows “Medical transport call in progress!” while the call is being sent.  
5-26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
Medical transport  
call in progress!  
URGENCY  
TELEPHONE  
2182.0 KHZ  
2187.5 KHZ  
7S  
DSC FREQ  
:
TIME TO GO :  
8. After the call is sent the radiotelephone screen automatically appears. Inform all ships  
(by radiotelephone) that your ship is transporting medical supplies. For NBDP do the  
following:  
Sending message by NBDP Terminal Unit  
1. The message “STATION ENTRY COMPLETED FROM DSC. Press any key to escape.”  
appears on the NBDP’s display. Press any key on the NBDP Terminal Unit to erase the  
message.  
2. Press the function key [F3] on the keyboard of the NBDP Terminal Unit to show the  
Operate menu.  
3. Choose “Call Station” and then press the [Enter] key.  
4. “DSC” is selected; press the [Enter] key. “Connect” appears in reverse video.  
5. Type and transmit your message.  
6. When you have finished sending your message, press the [F10] key to disconnect the  
line.  
5.6.2 Receiving a medical transport call  
1. When a medical transport call is received, the alarm sounds and the display looks as  
below.  
Medical transport  
call received.  
FROM SHIP:  
URGENCY  
123456789  
2182.0 KHZ  
TELEPHONE  
STOP ALARM  
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display changes as below.  
Received message  
*
*
MAR-23-2002-23:59  
ECC: OK  
MEDICAL TRANSPORT  
FROM SHIP:  
123456789  
URGENCY  
TELEPHONE  
2182.0 KHZ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
3. Press the [CANCEL] key to go to the radiotelephone screen to watch on frequency  
specified.  
5-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
Receiving message by NBDP Terminal Unit  
After receiving a neutral craft call, do the following to watch by NBDP Terminal Unit.  
1. The display shows “OCCUPIED” and the TX and RX frequencies.  
2. The message from the sending station appears on your NBDP Terminal Unit.  
5.7 Polling Call  
Polling means confirming if own station is within communicating range with other station.  
This function only provides affirmative or negative response; it does not provide position  
information. Note that simultaneous polling to more than one station is not possible.  
1 Polling  
2 Acknowledge  
3 Polling  
4 Acknowledge  
5.7.1 Sending a polling call  
1. Press the [2/DSC] key followed by pushing the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE  
menu.  
** Compose message **  
INDIVIDUAL  
CALL TYPE  
STATION ID  
PRIORITY  
POLLING  
NEUTRAL  
MEDICAL  
PSTN CALL  
TEST CALL  
ALL SHIPS  
GROUP CALL  
AREA CALL  
POSITION  
Rotate [ENTER]  
knob to scroll.  
COM. TYPE  
COM. FREQ  
DSC FREQ  
RELAY ALL  
RELAY SEL  
DISTRESS  
GO  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose POLLING and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the STATION ID menu.  
** Compose message **  
: POLLING  
CALL TYPE  
STATION ID  
PRIORITY  
:
0
0
0
0000  
0
0
: ROUTINE  
DSC FREQ  
: 2M-INTL  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
4. Key in ID of station with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the PRIORITY menu.  
5-28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE  
STATION ID  
PRIORITY  
ROUTINE  
BUSINESS  
SAFETY  
URGENCY  
DSC FREQ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose priority desired (usually ROUTINE) and then push  
the [ENTER] knob.  
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.  
Rotate [ENTER]  
** Compose message **  
knob to scroll.  
2 MHZ  
4 MHZ  
CALL TYPE  
STATION ID  
PRIORITY  
16 MHZ  
18 MHZ  
22 MHZ  
25 MHZ  
OTHER  
6 MHZ  
8 MHZ  
OTHER: Private channels.  
12 MHZ  
DSC FREQ  
TL  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate DSC band and then push the [ENTER]  
knob. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC frequency desired and then push the  
[ENTER] knob. The display changes as below.  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE  
STATION ID  
PRIORITY  
: POLLING  
:
123456789  
: ROUTINE  
DSC FREQ  
: 2M-INTL  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
9. Press the [CALL] key to send the call (transmission time: about seven seconds). The  
display changes as below.  
Polling request  
call in progress!  
TO SHIP:  
ROUTINE  
123456789  
DSC FREQ :  
TIME TO GO:  
2177.0 KHZ  
7S  
5-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
10.After the call is sent, the following display appears.  
Waiting for polling  
acknowledgement.  
FROM SHIP:  
ROUTINE  
123456789  
DSC FREQ :  
TIME TO GO:  
2177.0 KHZ  
4M59S  
11.The timer counts down the time remaining to wait for acknowledgment of the call. One of  
the following displays appears. (“No response! Try calling again?” appears when there  
is no response from receiving station. The timer counts down to zero in this case.)  
No response!  
Try calling again?  
Polling acknowledge  
call received.  
FROM SHIP :  
ROUTINE  
123456789  
FROM SHIP:  
ROUTINE  
123456789  
2177.0 KHZ  
NO INFORMATION  
DSC FREQ  
:
CALL AGAIN  
STOP ALARM  
No response  
Polling acknowledge  
call received  
12.Do one of the following depending on the message shown in step 11.  
Polling acknowledge call received  
The audio alarm sounds; press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display  
changes as below. You can confirm if called party is within communicating range.  
Received message  
*
*
MAR-23-2002-23:59  
ECC: OK  
POLLING ACKNOWLEDGE  
FROM SHIP:  
ROUTINE  
123456789  
NO INFORMATION  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
No response! Try calling again?  
Re-send call: Push the [ENTER] knob followed by the [CALL] key.  
Cancel call: Press the [CANCEL] key to return to the DSC standby screen.  
5-30  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
5.7.2 Receiving a polling call  
Automatic reply  
1. The display changes as shown in the illustration below and the audio alarm sounds  
when a polling request call is received and the equipment is set up for automatic  
acknowledge: POLLING on the Auto Ack menu is ON and the [5/ACK/ SQ] key is set to  
show AUTO ACK on the display. For details see paragraph 7.2.  
Polling auto acknowledge  
call in progress!  
TO SHIP :  
ROUTINE  
123456789  
DSC FREQ  
:
2177.0 KHZ  
7S  
TIME TO GO :  
2. After the polling automatic acknowledge call is transmitted, the following display appears  
and the audio alarm sounds.  
Polling auto acknowledge  
call transmitted.  
TO SHIP :  
ROUTINE  
123456789  
STOP ALARM  
3. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display changes as below.  
**Xmitted message **  
MAR-23-2002-23:00:09  
POLLING ACKNOWLEDGE  
TO SHIP : 123456789  
ROUTINE  
ALL VIEW  
RE-SEND  
4. Press the [CANCEL] key to return to the DSC standby screen.  
5-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
Manual reply  
1. The display changes as shown in the illustration below and the audio alarm sounds  
when a polling request call is received and the status of the [5/ ACK/SQ] key is MANUAL  
ACK.  
Polling request  
call received.  
FROM SHIP :  
ROUTINE  
987654321  
STOP ALARM  
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display changes as below.  
Received message  
MAR-23-2002-23:01  
*
*
POLLING REQUEST  
FROM SHIP :  
ROUTINE  
987654321  
ANSWER  
ALL VIEW  
3. To respond to the call, rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ANSWER and then push the  
[ENTER] knob. The display changes as below.  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE : POLLING  
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT  
STATION ID: 987654321  
PRIORITY  
DSC FREQ  
: ROUTINE  
:
2M-INTL  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
4. Press the [CALL] key to send the polling acknowledge call. The display changes as  
below.  
Polling acknowledge  
call in progress!  
TO SHIP  
:
987654321  
ROUTINE  
DSC FREQ :  
TIME TO GO:  
2177.0 KHZ  
7S  
After the call is sent the DSC standby screen appears.  
5-32  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
5.8 Position Call  
There are two types of position calls: other station requires your ship’s position and your  
ship requests position of another ship.  
Finding position of other station  
(1) Position request call  
(2) Position Information  
Own Station  
Other Station  
Sending own ship's position to other station  
(1) Requests ship's position  
(2) Sends position Information  
Own Ship  
5-33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
5.8.1 Position call: requesting other ship’s position  
1. Press the [2/DSC] key and then push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.  
** Compose message **  
INDIVIDUAL  
CALL TYPE  
STATION ID  
PRIORITY  
POLLING  
NEUTRAL  
MEDICAL  
PSTN CALL  
TEST CALL  
ALL SHIPS  
GROUP CALL  
AREA CALL  
POSITION  
Rotate [ENTER]  
knob to scroll.  
COM. TYPE  
COM. FREQ  
DSC FREQ  
RELAY ALL  
RELAY SEL  
DISTRESS  
GO  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose POSITION and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the STATION ID menu.  
** Compose message **  
POSITION  
REQUEST  
000000000  
CALL TYPE:  
STATION ID  
PRIORITY  
DSC FREQ  
: ROUTINE  
:2M-INTL  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
4. Key in ID of station (nine digits) which you want to know its position and then push the  
[ENTER] knob.  
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the PRIORITY menu.  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE  
ROUTINE  
BUSINESS  
SAFETY  
STATION ID  
PRIORITY  
DSC FREQ  
URGENCY  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose priority desired (usually ROUTINE) and then push  
the [ENTER] knob.  
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.  
** Compose message **  
2 MHZ  
4 MHZ  
Rotate [ENTER]  
knob to scroll.  
CALL TYPE  
ON  
16 MHZ  
18 MHZ  
22 MHZ  
25 MHZ  
OTHER  
ST  
6 MHZ  
8 MHZ  
STATION ID  
PRIORITY  
DSC FREQ  
21  
12 MHZ  
OTHER: Special, private channels.  
E  
NTL  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate DSC band and then push the [ENTER]  
knob. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC frequency desired and then push the  
[ENTER] knob.  
5-34  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
9. The display now looks something like the illustration below.  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE:  
POSITION  
REQUEST  
123456789  
STATION ID  
PRIORITY  
DSC FREQ  
:
: ROUTINE  
: 2M-INTL  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
10.Press the [CALL] key to send the call (transmission time: about seven seconds). The  
following display appears.  
Position request  
call in progress!  
TO SHIP : 123456789  
ROUTINE  
DSC FREQ :  
TIME TO GO:  
2177.0 KHZ  
7S  
11. After the call has been sent, the following display appears.  
Waiting for pos  
acknowledgment.  
FROM SHIP : 123456789  
ROUTINE  
DSC FREQ :  
TIME TO GO:  
2177.0 KHZ  
4M30S  
12. One of the following messages appears. (“No response! Try calling again?” appears  
after the time has counted down to zero, meaning there was no response from the party  
called.)  
No response!  
Try calling again?  
Pos acknowledge  
call received.  
FROM SHIP :  
ROUTINE  
123456789  
FROM SHIP :  
ROUTINE  
123456789  
POS :  
12˚34N 123˚45E AT 12:34  
DSC FREQ  
:
2177.0 KHZ  
CALL AGAIN  
STOP ALARM  
Position acknowledge call received  
No response  
5-35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
13. Do one of the following depending on the message displayed at step 12.  
Acknowledge call received  
The audio alarm sounds; press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display looks as  
below. You can now confirm position of other ship.  
Received message  
*
*
MAR-23-2002-23:59  
ECC: OK  
POSITION ACKNOWLEDGE  
FROM SHIP :  
ROUTINE  
123456789  
POS :  
12˚34N 123˚45E AT 12:34  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
No response! Try calling again?  
Re-send call: Push the [ENTER] knob followed by the [CALL] key.  
Cancel call: Press the [CANCEL] key.  
5.8.2 Position call: other ship requests your position  
You may turn automatic acknowledge of position request on or off with POSITION CALL in  
the AUTO ACK menu. For further details, see page 8-3.  
Automatic reply  
1. When another ship requests your position and the status of the [5/ ACK/SQ] key is  
AUTO ACK and the setting of POSITION CALL on the Auto ack menu is ON, the  
FS-1570/2570 transmits own position data (transmission time: approx. 7 sec.), showing  
the display below.  
Position auto acknowledge  
call in progress!  
TO SHIP :  
ROUTINE  
123456789  
POS: 35°30N 135°30E AT 23:54  
DSC FREQ  
:
2177.0 KHZ  
TIME TO GO :  
7S  
2. After the call is sent the audio alarm sounds and the display below appears.  
Position auto acknowledge  
call transmitted.  
TO SHIP:  
ROUTINE  
123456789  
POS: 35°30N 135°30E AT 23:54  
STOP ALARM  
5-36  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
3. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm, and the display changes as below.  
**Xmitted message **  
MAR-23-2002-23:59:09  
POSITION ACKNOWLEDGE  
TO SHIP : 987654321  
ROUTINE  
POS : 35°00N 135°00E AT 23:59  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
4. Press the [CANCEL] key to return to the DSC standby screen.  
Manual reply  
1. When a position request call is received and the status of the [5/ ACK/SQ] key is  
MANUAL ACK, the audio alarm sounds and the display changes as below.  
Position request  
call received.  
FROM SHIP:  
ROUTINE  
123456789  
STOP ALARM  
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display changes as below.  
Received message  
*
*
MAR-23-2002-23:00:01  
ECC: OK  
POSITION REQUEST  
FROM SHIP :  
123456789  
ROUTINE  
ANSWER  
ALL VIEW  
3. To send your ship’s position, rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ANSWER and then  
push the [ENTER] knob. Your display should now look something like the one below.  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE: POSITION  
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT  
POSITION: 35 00N 135 00E AT 23:01  
DSC FREQ :  
2M-INTL  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
5-37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
4. Confirm the position shown and then press the [CALL] to send the position data call  
(transmission time: approx. 7 sec.). The display changes as below.  
Pos acknowledge  
call in progress!  
TO SHIP : 123456789  
ROUTINE  
POS: 35˚00N 135˚00E AT 23:01  
DSC FREQ  
:
2177.0 KHZ  
7S  
TIME TO GO:  
5. The DSC standby screen automatically appears after the call is sent.  
5.9 PSTN Call  
The PSTN call allows the making and receiving of telephone calls over public switched  
telephone networks. To use the PSTN call feature, use a handset which has a HOOK  
ON/OFF function. The standard supply handset has this feature.  
5.9.1 Sending a PSTN call, receiving acknowledge back (ACK BQ)  
1. Press the [2/DSC] key and then push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.  
** Compose message **  
INDIVIDUAL  
CALL TYPE  
STATION ID  
PRIORITY  
POLLING  
NEUTRAL  
MEDICAL  
PSTN CALL  
TEST CALL  
ALL SHIPS  
GROUP CALL  
AREA CALL  
POSITION  
Rotate [ENTER]  
knob to scroll.  
COM. TYPE  
COM. FREQ  
DSC FREQ  
RELAY ALL  
RELAY SEL  
DISTRESS  
GO  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose PSTN CALL and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COAST ID menu.  
** Compose message **  
PSTN CALL  
CALL TYPE:  
COAST ID  
TEL NO. :  
00000000  
:12M-INTL  
DSC FREQ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
4. Key in ID of coast station (seven digits) with the numeric keys and then push the  
[ENTER] knob.  
5-38  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the TEL NO. menu.  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE:  
COAST ID  
PSTN CALL  
: 001234567  
----------------  
TEL NO.  
:12M-INTL  
DSC FREQ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
6. Enter telephone no. (up to 16 digits) with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER]  
knob.  
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.  
Rotate [ENTER] knob  
to scroll.  
** Compose message **  
2 MHz  
LL  
CALL TYPE  
COAST ID  
TEL NO.  
4 MHz  
16 MHz  
18 MHz  
22 MHz  
25 MHz  
OTHER  
89  
6 MHz  
89012345  
8 MHz  
OTHER: Special, private channel  
12 MHz  
L  
DSC FREQ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC band desired and then push the [ENTER]  
knob to open the DSC FREQ menu. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DSC  
frequency desired and then push the [ENTER] knob. The display changes as below.  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE : PSTN CALL  
COAST ID  
:
001234567  
TEL NO. : 1234567890123456  
DSC FREQ  
:
12M-INTL  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
9. Press the [CALL] key to send the PSTN call (transmission time: about seven seconds).  
The display shows the following message.  
PSTN request  
call in progress!  
TO COAST : 001234567  
TEL NO.  
: 1234567890123456  
DSC FREQ :  
TIME TO GO:  
12577.5 KHZ  
7S  
10.One of the following three displays appears. (“No response. Try calling again.” Appears  
after timer counts down to zero and it means there was no response from the coast  
station.)  
5-39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
Waiting for  
acknowledgement.  
Unable acknowledge  
call received.  
No response!  
Try calling again?  
BUSY  
FROM COAST : 001234567  
FROM COAST : 001234567  
TEL NO.  
:
1234567890123456  
TEL NO.  
:
1234567890123456  
FROM COAST : 001234567  
TEL NO.  
:
1234567890123456  
DSC FREQ :  
TIME TO GO:  
12577.5 KHZ  
25S  
DSC FREQ  
:
12577.5 KHZ  
RE-SEND  
STOP ALARM  
11.Do one of the following depending on the message shown at step 10.  
Waiting for acknowledgement  
1) If the PSTN call is accepted, the PSTN connection call is sent (transmission time: about  
seven seconds), showing the display below.  
PSTN connection  
call in progress!  
TO COAST : 001234567  
TEL NO.  
:
1234567890123456  
DSC FREQ :  
TIME TO GO:  
12577.0 KHZ  
7S  
2) After the call is sent the following messages appears.  
Waiting for  
acknowledgement.  
FROM COAST : 001234567  
TEL NO.  
:
1234567890123456  
DSC FREQ :  
TIME TO GO:  
12577.5 KHZ  
25S  
3) Then, one of the following displays appears.  
Note: Volume may be adjusted  
in this condition. Rotate the  
[ENTER] knob and the popup  
window below appears.  
Continue rotating to adjust  
volume.  
PSTN call connected.  
PSTN end of call  
in progress!  
TO COAST  
TEL NO.  
:
:
001234567  
TO COAST : 001234567  
1234567890123456  
TEL NO.  
:
1234567890123456  
DSC FREQ :  
12577.5 KHZ  
DSC FREQ :  
TIME TO GO:  
12577.5 KHZ  
8S  
VOL  
PSTN call connected  
PSTN end of call  
4) Follow the instructions below depending on the message shown in 3) above.  
PSTN call connected: Your phone rings; pick up the handset and communicate with  
the party you called.  
PSTN end of call in progress: This means channel could not be used. After the timer  
counts down to zero repeat this procedure to re-send the call.  
5-40  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
Unable acknowledge call received  
1) The audio alarm sounds; press the [CANCEL] key or [ENTER] knob to silence the alarm.  
The display shown below appears.  
Received message  
*
*
MAR-23-2002-23:01  
ECC: OK  
UNABLE ACKNOWLEDGE  
BUSY  
FROM COAST : 001234567  
TEL NO.  
:
1234567890123456  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
2) Press the [CANCEL] key to return to the DSC standby screen. Try the call again later.  
No response! Try calling again?  
Re-send call: Push the [ENTER] knob followed by the [CALL] key.  
Cancel call: Press the [CANCEL] key to return to the DSC standby screen.  
5-41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
5.9.2 Receiving a PSTN call, sending acknowledge back (ACK BQ)  
1. The following display appears when a PSTN call is received when automatic  
acknowledge is turned on.  
Able acknowledge  
call in progress!  
TO COAST : 001234567  
TEL NO.  
:
1234567890123456  
DSC FREQ :  
TIME TO GO:  
4208.0 KHZ  
8S  
2. The timer counts down to zero and then the following display appears.  
Pick up the handset  
or press CALL key.  
FROM COAST : 001234567  
TEL NO.  
:
1234567890123456  
DSC FREQ :  
TIME TO GO:  
4208.0 KHZ  
60S  
3. Pick up the handset or press the [CALL] key within one minute.  
PSTN connection  
call in progress!  
TO COAST : 001234567  
TEL NO.  
:
1234567890123456  
DSC FREQ :  
TIME TO GO:  
4208.0 KHZ  
7S  
4. When the timer counts down to zero the following message appears.  
Waiting for  
acknowledgement.  
FROM COAST : 001234567  
TEL NO.  
:
1234567890123456  
DSC FREQ :  
TIME TO GO:  
4208.0 KHZ  
25S  
5-42  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
5. Shortly thereafter, one of the following messages appears.  
PSTN call connected.  
PSTN connection  
call in progress!  
PSTN end of call  
in progress!  
TO COAST  
TEL NO.  
:
:
001234567  
TO COAST : 001234567  
FROM COAST : 001234567  
1234567890123456  
TEL NO.  
:
1234567890123456  
TEL NO.  
:
1234567890123456  
DSC FREQ :  
TIME TO GO:  
4208.0KHZ  
25S  
DSC FREQ  
:
4208.0KHZ  
DSC FREQ :  
TIME TO GO:  
4208.0KHZ  
7S  
PSTN call connected  
PSTN connection call in progress  
PSTN end of call  
6. Do one of the following depending on the message shown at step 5. Note that volume  
can be adjusted in this condition. Rotate the [ENTER] knob and the VOL popup window  
appears. Continue rotating to adjust volume.  
PSTN call connected: Your phone rings; communicate with party.  
PSTN connection call in progress!: If the channel assigned is appropriate, the message  
“Waiting for acknowledgment.” appears. (If the channel cannot be used the message “PSTN  
end of call in progress!” appears. In this case, start this procedure again.)  
PSTN end of call in progress!: The channel could not be used. Press the [CANCEL]  
key to return to the DSC standby screen.  
5.9.3 PSTN call disconnection, receiving charge information  
(ship disconnects line)  
1. After hanging up the handset or pressing the [CANCEL] key to complete your call, the  
display shows the following message.  
PSTN end of call  
in progress!  
TO COAST : 001234567  
TEL NO.  
:
1234567890123456  
DSC FREQ :  
TIME TO GO:  
12577.5 KHZ  
8S  
2. After the call is sent, the following messages appears.  
Waiting for  
charge information.  
FROM COAST : 001234567  
TEL NO.  
:
1234567890123456  
DSC FREQ :  
TIME TO GO:  
12577.5 KHZ  
20S  
3. When the timer counts down to zero one of the following displays appear.  
Charge information  
call received.  
No response!  
charge information.  
CHARGE TIME :  
00H 12M 34S  
FROM COAST : 001234567  
FROM COAST : 001234567  
TEL NO.  
:
1234567890123456  
TEL NO.  
:
1234567890123456  
STOP ALARM  
5-43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
4. For “No response! charge information.”, the equipment reverts to step 2 in this  
procedure to await charge information. For “Charge information call received.”, the  
audio alarm sounds; press the [CANCEL] key or [ENTER] knob to silence the audio  
alarm. The display shown below appears.  
Received message  
*
*
MAR-23-2002-23:59  
ECC: OK  
CHARGE INFORMATION  
CHARGE TIME :  
FROM COAST : 001234567  
TEL NO. 1234567890123456  
00H 12M 34S  
:
GO TO ALL VIEW  
5.9.4 PSTN call disconnection, receiving charge information  
(coast station disconnects line)  
1. The PSTN line is disconnected by the coast station when it finds no evidence of  
communications or the land subscriber hangs up. The coast station then sends charge  
information as below.  
Received message  
*
*
MAR-23-2002-23:59  
ECC: OK  
CHARGE INFORMATION  
CHARGE TIME : 00H 12M 34S  
FROM COAST : 001234567  
TEL NO.  
:
1234567890123456  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
2. For no charge information the display looks as below.  
Received message  
*
*
MAR-23-2002-23:59  
ECC: OK  
CHARGE INFORMATION  
CHARGE TIME : NO INFO  
FROM COAST : 001234567  
TEL NO.  
1234567890123456  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
5-44  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
5.10 Log File  
Three log files are provided for storage of calls: received ordinary log, received distress log  
and transmitted log. Each log file stores 50 calls, on a first-in, first-out basis. This means  
that the latest call is saved as log no.1 and the log no. of all previous calls in that log  
increments by one. When the storage capacity is exceeded, the oldest call is deleted to  
make room for the latest. An asterisk (*) marks unread or unacknowledged calls. Received  
distress calls are automatically deleted 48 hours after being read.  
5.10.1 Opening a log file  
The procedure for opening a log is common to all logs. The example below shows how to  
open the received distress log.  
1. At the DSC standby screen, press the [LOG/TUNE] key to open the Log file menu.  
WATCHSKEeElePcINtGlog file ACK  
DISTR
218
.0  
RECEIVED ORDINARY  
16805  
RECEIVED DISTRESS  
ROUTI
TRANSMITTED  
217
.0  
8436.5  
12657.0  
16903.0  
35°00.000N  
135°00.000E 23:59  
MANUAL  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose desired log and push the [ENTER] knob. For  
example, choose the RECEIVED DISTRESS log and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
Rotate the [ENTER] knob to scroll the log. Asterisk indicates unread message.  
Rcvd distress log  
Rcvd distress log  
*
*
*
*
01.APR-10-19:58  
DISTRESS  
DISTRESS  
DISTRESS  
DISTRESS  
DISTRESS  
45.MAR-01-23:45  
DISTRESS  
DISTRESS  
DISTRESS  
DISTRESS  
DISTRESS  
DISTRESS  
*
*
*
*
*
*
02.APR-10-19:56  
03.APR-10-13:45  
04.APR-10-11:52  
05.APR-10-11:43  
46.FEB-28-19:56  
47.FEB-28-19:48  
48.FEB-28-19:44  
49.FEB-21-12:36  
50.FEB-17-12:34  
*
Scroll with  
the [ENTER]  
knob.  
06.MAR-22-21:18 DISTRESS  
OLD  
OLD  
NEW  
3. To view the contents of a file, do the following:  
a) Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose the file desired and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
DETAIL  
DELETE  
b) DETAIL is selected; push the [ENTER] knob.  
Received message  
*
*
FEB-17-2002-12:34:56  
ECC: OK  
DISTRESS CALL  
SHIP IN DIST : 987654321  
NATURE : UNDESIGNATED  
POS : 12˚34N 123˚45E AT 12:34  
TELEPHONE  
2182.0 KHZ  
ANSWER  
ALL VIEW  
5-45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5 CALLING, RECEIVING  
4. To scroll the log up and down, use the [FILE/CURSOR] and [#/SETUP] keys,  
respectively. Use [FILE/CURSOR] key to scroll forward; the [#/SETUP] to scroll  
backward.  
5. To print all files in the log selected, press the [8/PRINT] key.  
6. To reply to an unanswered call, rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ANSWER, press  
the [ENTER] knob, and then press the [CALL] key.  
7. To return to the log selected, press the [CANCEL] key.  
Deleting files  
1. Do steps 1-2 and 3a) in the previous procedure to choose the file you wish to delete.  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DELETE and then press the [ENTER] knob.  
The log files are renumbered to reflect the deletion. Unread files cannot be deleted.  
5.11 Erasing Message Files  
The Erase file menu allows you to erase the entire contents of the received ordinary log,  
received distress log, transmitted log and send message log.  
1. At the DSC standby screen, press the [#/SETUP] key.  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ERASE and then push the [ENTER] knob to display  
the Erase file menu.  
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose the item to erase and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose YES and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
To cancel, press [ENTER] knob or [CANCEL] key.  
****Erase file ****  
[ENTER]  
knob  
ERASE  
RCVD ORDINARY LOG?  
RCVD DISTRESS LOG?  
TRANSMIT?  
Item selected for erasure  
appears in 2nd row.  
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.  
ARE YOU SURE?  
YES NO  
To erase, select YES with  
the [ENTER] knob and then  
push the [ENTER] knob.  
SEND MESSAGE?  
5-46  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6 PREPARING TX CALLS  
In Chapter 5 you learned how to prepare and send various types of DSC calls. In this  
chapter you will learn how to prepare and store individual, PSTN, group, area and test  
calls for future transmission. 150 calls can be stored.  
.
6.1 Preparing Individual Calls  
1. At the DSC standby screen, press the [#/SETUP] key to open the Setup menu.  
Setup menu  
****  
****  
SCAN FREQ  
ALARM  
AUTO ACK  
ERASE  
VOLUME  
MESSAGE  
POSITION  
PRINT OUT  
TEST  
SYSTEM  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MESSAGE and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.  
Message file entry  
*
INDIVIDUAL  
CALL TYPE 
STATION ID  
COM. TYPE  
PSTNCALL  
GROUP CALL  
AREA CALL  
COM. FREQ 
TEST CALL  
DSC FREQ  
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose INDIVIDUAL and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the STATION ID entry window.  
Message file entry  
*
CALL TYPE : INDIVIDUAL  
STATION ID  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
00  
COM. TYPE  
: TELEPHONE  
COM. FREQ : NO INFO  
DSC FREQ : 2M-INTL  
6. Key in ID of coast station or ship station with the numeric keys and then push the  
[ENTER] knob.  
6-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6 PREPARING TX CALLS  
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. TYPE window.  
Message file entry  
*
CALL TYPE : I
TELEPHONE  
STATION ID : 0
NBDP-ARQ  
: NBDP-FEC
COM. TYPE  
COM. FREQ : NO INFO  
DSC FREQ : 2M-INTL  
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose communication type desired and then push the  
[ENTER] knob.  
9. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. FREQ window.  
Message file entry  
*
CALL TYPE:  
INDIVIDUAL  
STATION ID : 123456789  
NO INFO  
COM. TYPE  
: T
FREQUENCY  
COM. FREQ :
CHANNEL  
: 2
DSC FREQ  
POSITION*  
* POSITION appears when  
coast station ID is entered  
in the field STATION ID.  
10.Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate item and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
Call to coast station: NO INFO or POSITION.  
Call to ship station: FREQUENCY or CHANNEL. Enter appropriate frequency or  
channel, referring to page 5-6.  
11.Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.  
Rotate [ENTER] knob  
to scroll.  
Messag2MHZy  
*
4 MHZ  
OTHER: Special, private channels.  
CALL TYPE : L  
6 MHZ  
16 MHZ  
18 MHZ  
22 MHZ  
25 MHZ  
OTHER  
STATION ID :
8 MHZ  
COM. TYPE  
COM. FREQ :
DSC FREQ : 2M-INL  
: E  
12 MHZ  
12.Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate DSC band and then push the  
[ENTER] knob.  
13.Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate DSC frequency and then push the  
[ENTER] knob.  
14.Enter file name and number as shown on the next page.  
6-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6 PREPARING TX CALLS  
How to Enter File Name and Number  
1. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the file name entry window.  
Message file entry  
*
FILE NAME  
FILE NUMBER : ---  
FILE ENTRY  
2. Use the numeric keys and [ENTER] knob to enter file name (max. 16 characters).  
For example, enter FURUNO as the file name. Push the [ENTER] knob after entering.  
Key and available character, symbol  
[1] : 1→(blank)→1  
How to enter "FURUNO" as file name  
1. Press the [3] key to display F.  
2. Rotate [ENTER] knob to shift cursor  
3. Press the [8] key to select U.  
[2ABC] : 2→A→B→C→2  
[3DEF] : 3→D→E→F→3  
[4GHI] : 4→G→H→I→4  
[5JKL] : 5→J→K→L→5  
[6MNO] : 6→M→N→O→6  
[7PQRS] : 7→P→Q→R→S→7  
[8TUV] : 8→T→U→V→8  
[9WXYZ]: 9→W→X→Y→Z→9  
.
4. Rotate [ENTER] knob to shift cursor  
5. Press the [7] key to select R.  
.
6. Rotate [ENTER] knob to shift cursor  
7. Press the [8] key to select U.  
8. Rotate [ENTER] knob to shift cursor  
9. Press the [6] key to select N.  
.
.
[0]  
: 0→_→  
−
→0  
10. Rotate [ENTER] knob to shift cursor  
11. Press the [6] key to select O.  
12. Push the [ENTER] knob.  
.
1. Rotate [ENTER] knob to select location.  
2. Press appropriate key.  
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the file number entry window. Key in file number in three  
digits with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob. For example, press [0], [0],  
[1], [ENTER] knob to enter file number 001.  
Note: The available file number is 001-799 and  
900-999.  
Message file entry  
*
FILE NAME  
: FURUNO  
FILE NUMBER :
001  
FILE ENTRY  
4. Push the [ENTER] knob. The display shows the name and file number entered.  
Message file entry  
If the file name or number exists the message  
"Duplicate name (number) ! Overwrite OK?" appears.  
Push the [ENTER] knob to write over the name, or  
press the [CANCEL] key to escape.  
*
FURUNO  
No.001 file entered  
Go to next file?  
YES: [ENT] key  
NO: [CANCEL] key  
FILE ENTRY  
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to continue.  
6-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6 PREPARING TX CALLS  
6.2 Preparing Group Calls  
1. At the DSC standby screen, press the [#/SETUP] key to open the Setup menu.  
Setup menu  
****  
****  
ALARM  
SCAN FREQ  
AUTO ACK  
ERASE  
VOLUME  
MESSAGE  
POSITION  
PRINT OUT  
TEST  
SYSTEM  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MESSAGE and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.  
Message file entry  
*
INDIVIDUAL  
CALL TYPE 
STATION ID  
COM. TYPE  
PSTNCALL  
GROUP CALL  
AREA CALL  
COM. FREQ 
TEST CALL  
DSC FREQ  
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob choose GROUP CALL and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the GROUP ID entry window.  
Message file entry  
*
CALL TYPE:  
GROUP ID  
GROUP CALL  
--------  
000000000  
COM. TYPE  
: TELEPHONE  
COM. FREQ : NO INFO  
DSC FREQ : 2M-INTL  
6. Key in ID of group with the numeric keys and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. TYPE menu.  
Message file entry  
*
CALL TYPE:  
GROUP ID  
GROUP CALL  
: 012345678  
COM. TYPE  
:
TELEPHONE  
COM. FREQ :
NBDP-FEC  
DSC FREQ  
: 2M-INTL  
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate communications type and then push  
the [ENTER] knob.  
9. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. FREQ menu.  
6-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6 PREPARING TX CALLS  
Message file entry  
*
CALL TYPE:  
GROUP ID  
GROUP CALL  
: 012345678  
NO INFO  
COM. TYPE  
: T
FREQUENCY  
COM. FREQ :
CHANNEL  
: 2
DSC FREQ  
10.Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate item and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
Enter frequency or channel. (See page 5-6 for details for how to enter frequency and  
channel.)  
11. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.  
Rotate [ENTER] knob  
to scroll.  
Message 2MHZ
4 MHZ  
CALL TYPE : L  
6 MHZ  
OTHER: Special, private channels.  
16 MHZ  
18 MHZ  
22 MHZ  
25 MHZ  
OTHER  
GROUP ID  
:
8 MHZ  
: E  
COM. TYPE  
12 MHZ  
COM. FREQ :
DSC FREQ 2M-INTL  
:
12. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate DSC band and then push the  
[ENTER] knob. Choose appropriate DSC frequency and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
13. Follow “How to Enter File Name and Number” on page 6-3 to enter file name and  
number.  
6.3 Preparing Geographical Area Calls  
1. At the DSC standby screen, press the [#/SETUP] key to open the Setup menu.  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MESSAGE and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.  
Message file entry  
*
INDIVIDUAL  
CALL TYPE 
STATION ID  
COM. TYPE  
PSTNCALL  
GROUP CALL  
AREA CALL  
COM. FREQ 
TEST CALL  
DSC FREQ  
: 2M-INTL  
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose AREA CALL and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the AREA entry window.  
Message file entry  
*
CALL TYPE:  
AREA CALL  
AREA :  
COM. TYPE  
COM. FREQ : NO INFO  
DSC FREQ : 2M-INTL  
0
0
°
N
0
0
0
°
E
↓
0
0
°
→
0
0
°
: TELEPHONE  
6-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6 PREPARING TX CALLS  
6. Using the numeric keys, enter latitude and longitude of reference point and southerly  
degrees and easterly degrees of area. To change coordinate, choose it and press the  
[1] key for North or East; [2] key for South or West. After entering data, push the  
[ENTER] knob.  
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. TYPE menu.  
Message file entry  
*
CALL TYPE:  
: GROUP CALL  
AREA: 34°00N 135°00W ↓10° →10°  
TELEPHONE  
COM. TYPE  
:
COM. FREQ :
NBDP-FEC  
: 2M-INTL  
DSC FREQ  
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate communications type and then push  
the [ENTER] knob.  
9. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COM. FREQ menu.  
Message file entry  
*
CALL TYPE:  
AREA CALL  
AREA : 34°00N 135°00E ↓ 10  
°
→ 10  
:
°
NO INFO  
COM. TYPE  
FREQUENCY  
COM. FREQ :
CHANNEL  
DSC FREQ  
:
10. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate item and then push the [ENTER]  
knob. Enter channel or frequency. (See page 5-6 for how to enter channel and  
frequency.)  
11. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.  
Rotate [ENTER] knob  
to scroll.  
Message 2filMeHeZntry  
*
*
→ 10°  
4 MHZ  
CALL TYPE :
OTHER: Private channels.  
6 MHZ  
16 MHZ  
18 MHZ  
22 MHZ  
25 MHZ  
OTHER  
AREA : 34°00N
8 MHZ  
COM. TYPE  
COM. FREQ :
DSC FREQ : 2M-INTL  
: E  
12 MHZ  
12. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate DSC band and then push the  
[ENTER] knob. Choose appropriate DSC frequency and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
13. Follow “How to Enter File Name and Number” on page 6-3 to enter file name and  
number.  
6-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6 PREPARING TX CALLS  
6.4 Preparing PSTN Calls  
1. At the DSC standby screen, press the [#/SETUP] key to open the Setup menu.  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MESSAGE and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.  
Message file entry  
*
INDIVIDUAL  
CALL TYPE 
STATION ID  
COM. TYPE  
PSTNCALL  
GROUP CALL  
AREA CALL  
COM. FREQ 
TEST CALL  
DSC FREQ  
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose PSTN CALL and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COAST ID entry window.  
Message file entry  
*
CALL TYPE : PSTN CALL  
COAST ID  
-----  
000000000  
----------------  
TEL NO. :  
DSC FREQ  
: 2M-INTL  
6. Key in ID of coast station (seven digits) with the numeric keys then push the [ENTER]  
knob.  
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the TEL. NO. entry window.  
Message file entry  
*
CALL TYPE:  
COAST ID  
TEL NO. :  
PSTN CALL  
: 001234567  
----------------  
-
DSC FREQ  
: 2M-INTL  
8. Key in telephone no. (up to 16 digits) with the numeric keys and then push the  
[ENTER] knob.  
9. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.  
Rotate the [ENTER] knob  
Message f2ileMeHnZtry  
to scroll.  
*
4 MHZ  
CALL TYPE:  
COAST ID  
TEL NO. :  
6 MHZ  
OTHER: Special, private channels.  
16 MHZ  
18 MHZ  
22 MHZ  
25 MHZ  
OTHER  
0
8 MHZ  
1--  
12 MHZ  
DSC FREQ  
: 2M-INTL  
TL  
6-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6 PREPARING TX CALLS  
10.Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate DSC band and then push the  
[ENTER] knob. Choose appropriate DSC frequency and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
11. Follow “How to Enter File Name and Number” on page 6-3 to enter file name and  
number.  
6.5 Preparing Test Calls  
1. At the DSC standby screen, press the [#/SETUP] key to open the Setup menu.  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose MESSAGE and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the CALL TYPE menu.  
Message file entry  
*
INDIVIDUAL  
CALL TYPE 
STATION ID  
COM. TYPE  
PSTNCALL  
GROUP CALL  
AREA CALL  
COM. FREQ 
TEST CALL  
DSC FREQ  
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose TEST CALL and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COAST ID entry window.  
Message file entry  
*
CALL TYPE  
: TEST  
000000000  
COAST ID  
DSC FREQ  
:
2187.5 KHZ  
6. Enter coast ID where to send the test message and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
7. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu.  
Message file entry  
*
2187.5  
CALL TYPE  
COAST ID  
4207.5  
6312.0  
8414.5  
12577.0
16804.5  
DSC FREQ  
KHZ  
8. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose appropriate DSC frequency and then push the  
[ENTER] knob.  
9. Follow “How to Enter File Name and Number” on page 6-3 to enter file name and  
number.  
6-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6 PREPARING TX CALLS  
6.6 Sending Prepared Calls  
Sending without modification  
1. Press the [FILE/CURSOR] key at the DSC standby screen to show the send message  
file list. Below is an example of the send message file list.  
Send message file *  
001 - FURUNO JAPAN  
002 - FURUNO USA  
*
003 - FURUNO UK  
004 - FURUNO DENMARK  
005 - FURUNO NORWAY  
006 - FURUNO SPAIN  
DOWN  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose a file.  
3. Press the [CALL] key to send the message.  
Editing before sending  
1. Press the [FILE/CURSOR] key at the DSC standby screen to show the send message  
file list.  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose file desired and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
DETAIL  
DELETE  
3. DETAIL is selected; push the [ENTER] knob. The message contents are shown on the  
“Compose message” screen.  
4. Edit the message as necessary.  
5. Press the [CALL] key to send the message.  
6-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6 PREPARING TX CALLS  
6.7 Deleting Send Message Files  
1. Press the [FILE/CURSOR] key at the DSC standby screen to show the send message  
file list.  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose file desired and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
DETAIL  
DELETE  
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose DELETE and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
Note: You may collectively erase all send message files. For details see paragraph 5.11.  
6.8 Printing List of Send Message Files  
You can print a list of send message files as follows:  
1. Press the [FILE/CURSOR] key to open the Send message file list.  
2. Press the [8/PRINT] key.  
3. YES is selected; push the [ENTER] knob to print.  
********** Send message file **********  
001. FURUNO JAPAN  
002. FURUNO USA  
003. FURUNO UK  
INDIVIDUAL CALL  
INDIVIDUAL CALL  
PSTN CALL  
004. FURUNO DENMARK GROUP CALL  
005. FURUNO NORWAY  
006. FURUNO SPAIN  
007. FURUNO FRANCE  
INDIVIDUAL CALL  
ALL SHIPS CALL  
INDIVIDUAL CALL  
Note: Message not framed in actual printout.  
6-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7. DSC/WATCH RECEIVER SETUP  
7.1 Setting Alarms  
The Alarm menu enables/disables internal and external alarms. Note that the  
Distress/Urgency alarm cannot be disabled. Press the [#/SETUP] key at the DSC standby  
screen, choose ALARM and then push the [ENTER] knob to display the Alarm menu.  
Default: ON  
OFF  
ON  
Disables/enables alarm for received Safety,  
Ship's Business and Routine calls.  
Note: Alarm for Distress and Urgency calls  
Rotate  
[ENTER]  
knob to choose.  
cannot be disabled.  
Default: ON  
OFF  
ON  
Disables/enables old position alarm in manual  
position entry mode, which alerts the operator  
when position data is older by the number of  
hours or minutes set in the Position Older field.  
AUTO ACK  
WATCH KEEPING  
DISTRESS  
2187.5  
6312.0  
4207.5  
168
Warning:  
ROUT
Update position  
21
16903.0  
0  
8436.5  
12657.0  
****Alarm setup ***  
35˚00.000N 135˚00.000E 23:59  
VOLUME  
INTERNAL AUDIO ALARM  
22  
: ON  
RCVD CALL  
: ON  
OLD POSITION  
POSITION OLDER  
Message shown when manually  
entered position is older than the  
time set on the Alarm setup menu.  
: 4.0 H  
EXT ALARM : DSTRS/URG  
Default: 4.0 hours  
4.0  
Alarm is output when position is older by the  
number of hours set here.  
3.0  
2.0  
1.0  
0.5  
Default: DSTRS/URG  
Sets type of call to be output to the  
Incoming Indicator IC-303-DSC.  
DSTRS/URG  
ROUTINE  
ALL  
OFF  
DSTRS/URG: Distress or urgency  
call output upon receipt.  
ROUTINE:  
Routine call output  
upon receipt.  
All calls output.  
No output.  
ALL:  
OFF:  
7-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7 DSC/WATCH RECEIVER SETUP  
7.2 Auto Ack Menu  
The Auto Ack menu enables/disables automatic acknowledgement of individual, position  
and polling calls. Press the [#SETUP] key, choose AUTO ACK at the DSC standby screen  
and then push the [ENTER] knob to display the Auto Ack setup menu.  
Comply type  
Setting of  
ABLE  
UNABLE  
[5/ACQ /SQ] key  
AUTO ACK  
Can send acknowledge  
automatically  
Can send UNABLE  
automatically.  
MANUAL ACK  
Can send acknowledge  
manually  
Can send UNABLE manually.  
Default: ABLE  
UNABLE  
ABLE  
Choose ABLE or UNABLE as automatic  
acknowledgement reply to Individual  
calls.  
Note: Automatic acknowledge is  
automatically disabled when RX  
call contains error, as required by  
law. Further, automatic  
acknowledge is disabled in case of  
OFF HOOK.  
Default: NO REASON  
Rotate [ENTER]  
NO REASON  
BUSY  
knob to choose  
EQUIP DISABLE  
MODE NOT USABLE  
CH NOT USABLE  
**Auto ack setup **  
COMPLY TYPE  
UNABLE REASON :  
NO REASON GIVEN  
: ABLE  
Sets reason for UNABLE.  
Note: This menu is the same as manual  
acknowledgement. EQUIPMENT  
DISABLE is shown in calls when  
EQUIP DISABLE is selected.  
Default: ON  
POSITION CALL : OFF  
POLLING CALL : ON  
Effective when [5/ACK/SQ] key  
is set for "AUTO ACK."  
OFF  
ON  
OFF: Disables automatic  
acknowledgement of  
position request.  
ON: Enables automatic  
acknowledgement of  
position request.  
Default: ON  
Effective when [5/ACK/SQ] key  
is set for "AUTO ACK."  
OFF  
ON  
OFF: Disables automatic  
acknowledgement of  
polling request.  
ON: Enables automatic  
acknowledgement of  
polling request.  
7-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7 DSC/WATCH RECEIVER SETUP  
7.3 Printing Messages  
The Print Out menu enables/disables automatic printing of all transmitted and received  
calls and the results of the daily test. Press the [#/SETUP] key at the DSC standby screen,  
choose PRINT OUT and then push the [ENTER] knob to display the Print Out menu.  
Default: MANUAL  
Select AUTO to automatically print  
transmitted calls.  
AUTO  
MANUAL  
Print out setup  
*
*
Default: MANUAL  
XMIT CALL : MANUAL  
RCVD CALL : MANUAL  
DAILY TEST : MANUAL  
Select AUTO to automatically print  
received calls.  
AUTO  
MANUAL  
Default: MANUAL  
Select AUTO to automatically print  
results of Daily Test.  
AUTO  
MANUAL  
Sample printouts  
Printing can be done automatically or manually. For manual printing, press the [8/PRINT]  
key. Note that calls having more than one page (for example, received calls) are printed  
out in their entirety.  
Received message at JAN-08-2002-16:10:12  
*
*
Received message at JAN-08-2002-16:10:12  
*
*
FORMAT  
SELF-IDENTITY  
: DISTRESS CALL  
: 987654321  
FORMAT  
ADDRESS  
CATEGORY  
: INDIVIDUAL CALL  
: 111660000  
: ROUTINE  
NATURE OF DISTRESS  
DISTRESS COORDINATES  
DISTRESS TELECOMMAND  
END OF SEQUENCE  
ERROR-CHECK  
: UNDESIGNATED DISTRESS  
: NO INFORMATION  
: J3E TELEPHONE  
: EOS  
SELF-IDENTITY  
1st TELECOMMAND  
2nd TELECOMMAND  
WORKING FREQUENCY  
END OF SEQUENCE  
ERROR-CHECK  
: 987654321  
: J3E TELEPHONE  
: NO INFORMATION  
: NO INFORMATION  
: ACK. RQ  
: OK  
DSC FREQUENCY  
TX: 2187.5 kHz  
RX: 2187.5 kHz  
: OK  
DSC FREQUENCY  
TX: 2177.0 kHz  
RX: 2177.0 kHz  
Sample Received Message Printout (Distress)  
Sample Received Message Printout (Individual)  
Transmitted message at JAN-08-2002-16:10:12 *  
*
*************** Send message *************  
FORMAT  
: INDIVIDUAL CALL  
FORMAT  
ADDRESS  
: INDIVIDUAL CALL  
: 987654321  
ADDRESS  
: 111660000  
CATEGORY  
: ROUTINE  
CATEGORY  
: ROUTINE  
SELF-IDENTITY  
1st TELECOMMAND  
2nd TELECOMMAND  
WORKING FREQUENCY  
END OF SEQUENCE  
: 987654321  
SELF-IDENTITY  
1st TELECOMMAND  
2nd TELECOMMAND  
WORKING FREQUENCY  
END OF SEQUENCE  
: 111660000  
: J3E TELEPHONE  
: NO INFORMATION  
: NO INFORMATION  
: ACK. RQ  
: J3E TELEPHONE  
: NO INFORMATION  
: NO INFORMATION  
: ACK. RQ  
DSC FREQUENCY  
TX: 2177.0 kHz  
RX: 2177.0 kHz  
DSC FREQUENCY  
TX: 2177.0 kHz  
RX: 2177.0 kHz  
Sample Send Message Printout (Individual)  
Sample Transmitted Message Printout (Individual)  
Note: Messages are not framed in actual printouts.  
7-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7 DSC/WATCH RECEIVER SETUP  
7.4 Setting Scan Frequencies  
The Scan freq menu determines which DSC routine and distress frequencies to scan.  
Follow the instructions below to select/deselect DSC routine and distress frequencies to  
scan.  
7.4.1 Distress frequencies  
1. Press the [#/SETUP] key at the DSC standby screen, choose SCAN FREQ and then  
push the [ENTER] knob to display the SCAN FREQ menu.  
**Scan freq setup  
*
ROUTINE  
DISTRESS  
2M : FIXED  
4M : ON  
F1 : 2M-INTL  
F2 : 4M-INTL  
F3 : 6M-INTL  
F4 : 8M-INTL  
F5 : 12M-INTL  
F6 : 16M-INTL  
6M : ON  
8M : FIXED  
12M : ON  
16M : OFF  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob clockwise to shift the cursor to the DISTRESS column.  
3. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose the frequency to process and then push the  
[ENTER] knob. For example, choose 4 MHz.  
**Scan freq setup  
*
ROUTINE  
DISTRESS  
2M :
F1 : 2M-INTL  
F2 : 2M-INTL  
F3 : 4M-INTL  
F4 : 8M-INTL  
F5 : 12M-INTL  
F6 : 16M-INTL  
OFF  
ON  
4M :
6M : ON  
8M : FIXED  
12M : ON  
16M : OFF  
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose ON or OFF as appropriate and then push the  
[ENTER] knob.  
5. Press the [CANCEL] key twice to return to the DSC standby screen.  
Note: Regulations require that 2 MHz and 8 MHz and one more DSC distress frequency  
be watched continuously. These frequencies cannot be turned off. Maximum three  
bands may be turned off.  
7.4.2 Routine frequencies  
1. Press the [#/SETUP] key, choose SCAN FREQ and then push the [ENTER] knob to  
display the Scan freq menu.  
**Scan freq setup  
*
ROUTINE  
DISTRESS  
2M : FIXED  
4M : ON  
F1 : 2M-INTL  
F2 : 4M-INTL  
F3 : 6M-INTL  
F4 : 8M-INTL  
F5 : 12M-INTL  
F6 : 16M-INTL  
6M : ON  
8M : FIXED  
12M : ON  
16M : OFF  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose the frequency to process and then push the  
[ENTER] knob. For example, choose F1: 2 M-INTL.  
7-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7 DSC/WATCH RECEIVER SETUP  
**Scan freq setup  
*
ROU
OFF  
DISTRESS  
2M : FIXED  
4M : ON  
F1 : 
2 MHZ  
F2 : 3  
4 MHZ  
F3 : 
6 MHZ  
6M : ON  
F4 : 
8 MHZ  
8M : FIXED  
12M : ON  
16M : OFF  
F5 : 1  
F6 : 25M-LCL2  
3. Push the [ENTER] knob, and the display looks something like the one below.  
**Scan freq setup  
*
ROUTINE  
DISTRESS  
D  
: T2189.5/R 2177.0  
F
INTL  
F
: T 2187.5/R 2187.5  
F
DIST  
F
F
F6 : 25M-LCL2  
D  
16M : OFF  
4. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose frequency desired and then push the [ENTER]  
knob.  
INTL:  
DIST:  
International channels  
Distress channels  
LOCAL1/LOCAL2: Local channels  
USER CH: User channels  
5. Press the [CANCEL] key twice to return to the DSC standby screen.  
Note: Distress frequencies can be stored on the routine frequency memory. This is  
convenient for backing up the watch keeping receiver.  
7-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7 DSC/WATCH RECEIVER SETUP  
7.5 Adjusting Volume  
The Volume menu enables/disables key beep (acknowledges correct key input) and  
adjusts the volume of the handset, ordinary alarm and distress/urgency alarm. Press the  
[#/SETUP] key at the standby screen, choose VOLUME and then push the [ENTER] knob  
to display the Volume setup menu.  
Default: ON  
Turns on/off beep generated when  
keyboard is operated.  
OFF  
ON  
Note: Do not confuse keyboard beep  
(single beep) with ACK beep  
(three beeps).  
HANDSET  
Rotate [ENTER] knob  
to set.  
***Volume setup ***  
VOLUME (0~63)  
40  
KEY CLICK  
: ON  
HANDSET  
: 40  
Sets volume of handset.  
ORDINARY ALARM : 30  
DISTRESS ALARM : 63  
ORDINARY ALARM  
VOLUME (0~63)  
Rotate [ENTER] knob  
to set.  
30  
Sets loudness of Safety, Ships Business, Routine  
and Old Position alarms.  
DISTRESS ALARM  
Rotate [ENTER] knob  
VOLUME (38~63)  
to set.  
63  
Sets loudness of Distress and Urgency alarms.  
7-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8 NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW  
8.1 Turning on the NBDP System  
Turn on the terminal unit and the printer with their respective power switches.  
Brilliance, Contrast Control  
POWER  
Switch  
Floppy Disk Drive  
Operating Lamp  
PRINTER PP-510  
POWER Switch  
TERMINAL UNIT IB-581  
Insert  
Delete  
Prt Sc  
SysRq  
Scroll  
Lock  
Pause  
Break  
Num  
Lock  
Esc  
F1  
F11  
F4  
F2  
F12  
F3  
F7  
F9  
F10  
F5  
F6  
C
F8  
~
!
@
#
$
%
5
^
&
7
7
*
8
(
9
I
9
)
*
_
-
+
=
Backspace  
2
3
4
`
1
6
8
0
Tab  
Q
W
E
R
T
Y
U
4
5
O
6
P
{
}
]
|
\
[
Caps Lock  
Shift  
A
S
D
F
G
H
J
1
K
2
L
3
:
+
"
Enter  
;
'
T
Z
X
C
V
B
N
M
0
<
>
?
/
/
Shift  
,
.
PgUp  
Ctrl  
Alt  
Ctrl  
Alt  
Fn  
Home  
End  
PgDn  
KEYBOARD  
Operating Lamp  
Floppy Disk  
Drive  
POWER Switch  
TERMINAL UNIT IB-583  
NBDP terminal unit, printer and keyboard  
Note 1: The Printer PP-510 prints messages. Refer to its operator’s manual for operating  
information.  
Note 2: When the NBDP controller has priority the radiotelephone displays “OCCUPIED  
(NBDP).” At this time the volume of the speaker may be adjusted by rotating the  
[ENTER] knob and observing the VOL indicator on the radiotelephone.  
VOL  
8-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8 NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW  
8.2 Description of Equipment  
8.2.1 Terminal unit  
The terminal unit is a visual display incorporating a floppy disk drive, which provides for  
storage of files on floppy disks. Two models are available, IB-581 (monochrome) and IB-583  
(color). Controls for power and adjustment of display brilliance and contrast are provided on  
the front panel of the IB-581. To adjust the brilliance on the IB-583, press [Alt] while  
pressing [F6] to lower the brilliance; [F7] to raise it. (The IB-583 does not have a control for  
adjustment of contrast.) Eight levels of brilliance are available.  
When the terminal unit is turned on, the communication status display, shown below,  
appears. This is where all phases of telex communications begin.  
1:File 2:Edit 3:Operate 4:Window 5:Station 6:System 7:WRU 8:HR 9:Over 10:Break  
2002-10-15 2:26:45 UTC  
Caps-Eng  
Station Name  
:
Frequency (T/R) :  
/
(kHz) Comm Mode :  
Comm Status  
: Connect Send Lock Error  
Sending Volume :  
(%) ARQ Error : 0 ARQ Time : 0(sec)  
Communication status display  
Features of the IB-583  
The IB-583 is fitted with both English and Russian interface. Choose desired interface as  
below:  
English: Turn on the IB-583 while pressing the [E] key.  
Russian: Turn on the IB-583 while pressing the [R] key.  
The IB-583 has a battery (type CR2450-F2ST2L, code no. 000-144-941) on its TERM/CPU  
Board (16P0209) and its life is about six years. When the voltage of the battery is low, the  
time will be slow. When this occurs, contact your dealer about replacement of the battery.  
8-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8 NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW  
8.2.2 Keyboard  
The terminal unit is operated from the keyboard, and is almost 100% keyboard controlled.  
Operation is simplified by the use of menus which you access by pressing a function key,  
labeled F1-F10 at the top of the keyboard. The figure below shows the function menus and  
their corresponding function keys.  
FILE EDIT OPERATE WINDOW STATION SYSTEM WRU HR OVER BREAK  
Insert  
Delete  
Prt Sc  
SysRq  
Scroll  
Lock  
Pause  
Break  
Num  
Lock  
Esc  
F1  
F11  
F4  
F2  
F3  
F7  
F9  
F10  
F5  
F6  
F8  
F12  
~
!
@
#
$
%
5
^
&
7
*
8
(
9
I
9
)
*
_
-
+
=
Backspace  
C
2
3
4
`
1
6
7
8
0
Q
W
E
R
T
Y
U
4
5
O 6  
P
{
}
]
|
\
Tab  
[
Caps Lock  
Shift  
A
S
D
F
G
H
J
1
K
2
L
3
:
+
"
Enter  
;
'
Z
X
C
V
B
N
M 0  
<
>
?
/
/
Shift  
,
.
PgUp  
Ctrl  
Alt  
Ctrl  
Alt  
Fn  
Home  
End  
PgDn  
Keyboard  
%
C
Note:  
(Euro mark) on  
key is not used.  
C
5
8-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8 NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW  
8.3 Function Keys, Menu Operation  
The function keys at the top of the keyboard control most operations of this unit through a  
menu system.  
8.3.1 Menu conventions  
Inverse video  
As you move the cursor down through a menu, a selected item, initially shown as white on  
black (monochrome display), inverses to black on white. This highlighting indicates that it is  
available for selection.  
Underline  
The underline shows current selection. In the figure below, for example, the underline is  
beneath "Receive."  
Station Entry  
Station List  
Create  
Change  
Station Set Up  
Station : _  
ID Code :  
Mode  
: ARQ FEC  
CH/Table : Channel ScanTable  
Num/Table:  
Underline  
Inverse Video  
Station entry screen IB-581  
Note: The example display screens shown in this manual are taken from the IB-581. The  
screens of the IB-583 are nearly identical to those of the IB-581 except cursor  
configuration.  
Cursor  
IB-581  
IB-583  
8-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8 NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW  
8.3.2 Menu overview  
Selecting menus  
Press appropriate function key to open a menu. To display the File menu, for example,  
press the function key [F1].  
File  
1: New  
2: Open  
3: Close  
4: Delete  
5: Rename  
6: Real Time Printing  
7: File to Print  
8: Cancel Printing  
9: Clear Buffer  
0: Floppy Disk Format  
File menu  
Selecting menu items and options  
Menu items can be selected by pressing appropriate numeric key or selecting item desired  
with the arrow keys and pressing the [Enter] key. Menu options can be selected by  
operating the [←] or [→] keys. After selecting option desired, press the [Enter] key to  
register your selection and close the menu.  
8-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8 NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW  
8.3.3 Function key description  
Function key [F1]: File menu  
The File menu is where you will create, open, save and print telex messages. Floppy disks  
are also formatted from this menu.  
File  
1: New  
2: Open  
3: Close  
4: Delete  
5: Rename  
6: Real Time Printing  
7: File to Print  
8: Cancel Printing  
9: Clear Buffer  
0: Floppy Disk Format  
File menu  
1: New  
Opens a new untitled window.  
Opens files.  
2: Open  
3: Close  
Closes files.  
4: Delete  
Deletes files.  
5: Rename  
Renames files.  
6: Real Time Printing  
7: File to Print  
8: Cancel Printing  
9: Clear Buffer  
Turns real time printing on/off.  
Prints files.  
Stops printing.  
Clears the communications buffer.  
0: Floppy Disk Format Formats a floppy disk.  
Function key [F2]: Edit menu  
The Edit menu provides a full line of editing features.  
8-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8 NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW  
Edit  
1: Undo  
2: Cut  
3: Copy  
4: Paste  
5: Select All  
6: Search  
7: Replace  
8: Goto Top  
9: Goto Bottom  
0: Goto Line  
A: Change Text  
Edit menu  
1: Undo  
2: Cut  
Cancels the last change (cut, copy or paste).  
Removes the selected text and stores it in the paste buffer. (Previous  
text in the paste buffer is cleared.)  
3: Copy  
4: Paste  
Copies the selected text and stores it in the paste buffer. (Previous text  
in the paste buffer is cleared.)  
Inserts the text stored in the paste buffer at the current location of the  
cursor.  
5: Select All  
6: Search  
Selects the entire current file for cut or copy.  
Searches a file for a character string.  
7: Replace  
8: Goto Top  
Replaces a word with a different word or character string.  
Brings the cursor to the top line of the current file.  
9: Goto Bottom Brings the cursor to last line of the current file.  
0: Goto Line Moves the cursor to the desired line in the current file.  
A: Change Text Switches between the display window 1 and 2.  
8-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8 NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW  
Function key [F3]: Operate menu  
The Operate menu mainly controls transmitting and receiving.  
Operate  
1: Call Station  
2: Macro Operation  
3: File to Send  
4: Cancel Sending  
5: Scan (Start/Stop)  
6: Manual Reception  
7: Timer Operation  
8: Manual Calling  
9: Set Frequency  
Operate menu  
1: Call Station  
Chooses a station from the station list.  
Enables macro operation. For details, see paragraph 11.10.  
Selects a file (to transmit).  
2: Macro Operation  
3: File to Send  
4: Cancel Sending  
5: Scan Start/Stop  
6: Manual Reception  
Stops sending a file.  
Starts/stops frequency scanning.  
Selects communication mode for reception; AUTO, ARQ, FEC  
DIRC.  
7: Timer Operation  
8: Manual Calling  
9: Set Frequency  
Timer programming.  
Sets TX mode and subscriber's ID number in manual calling.  
Sets TX and RX frequencies in manual calling.  
8-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8 NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW  
Function key [F4]: Window menu  
The Window menu lets you display the corresponding data of the window below.  
Window  
1: Calendar  
2: Distress Frequency Table  
Window menu  
1: Calendar  
Displays desired calendar month and year. To change  
year or month, choose item with [↑] or [↓] key and change  
setting with [←] or [→] key.  
2: Distress Frequency Table Displays all distress frequencies.  
Distress Frequencies  
Telephone (kHz): 2182.0 4125.0 6215.0 8291.0 12290.0 16420.0  
NBDP  
DSC  
(kHz) : 2174.5 4177.5 6268.0 8376.5 12520.0 16695.0  
(kHz) : 2187.5 4207.5 6312.0 8414.5 12577.0 16804.5  
8-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8 NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW  
Function key [F5]: Station menu  
The Station menu provides for storage of stations, timer program setup, user channel  
setup, and entry of various ID codes.  
Station  
1: Station Entry  
2: Timer Operation Entry  
3: Scan Entry  
4: User Channel Entry  
5: Answerback Code Entry  
6: Group ID Entry (4/5 digit)  
7: Group ID Entry (9 digit)  
8: Select ID Entry (4/5 digit)  
9: Select ID Entry (9 digit)  
Station menu  
1: Station Entry  
Registers stations.  
2: Timer Operation Entry  
3: Scan Entry  
Registers timer programs.  
Creates scan groups for scanning.  
Registers user channels.  
4: User Channel Entry  
5: Answerback Code Entry Registers own ship's answerback code.  
6: Group ID Entry  
7: Group ID Entry  
8: Select ID Entry  
9: Select ID Entry  
Registers own ship's group ID codes (4 or 5 digit).  
Registers own ship's group ID codes (9 digit).  
Registers own ship's selective ID codes (4 or 5 digit).  
Registers own ship's selective ID codes (4 or 5 digit).  
8-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8 NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW  
Function key [F6]: System menu  
The System menu is mainly for use by technicians and contains diagnostic tests. To  
change settings, choose “Change” from the item “Setup” and operate arrow keys to  
choose item and option. Press the [Enter] key to register selection and close the menu.  
System  
Setup  
Lock Change Default  
Slave Delay  
8 msec (0- 50 msec)  
TX/RX MSG Save  
Edit Before sending  
OFF O N  
OFF O N  
Time System  
Time & Date  
Display Mode*  
Self Test  
OFF UTC SMT JST  
2002/10/16 10:00:00  
Normal Reverse  
* = "Window Color" shown on IB-583.  
System menu  
Setup  
Locks, changes settings; restores default system settings.  
Slave Delay  
Sets the length of the slave delay timing from the end of RX to  
the start of TX in the ARQ mode. The default setting is suitable in  
most cases. This item cannot be adjusted by the user.  
3 char. RX  
3 char. RX  
ARQ mode  
signal  
Slave Delay Timing  
RX end TX start  
sequence  
ACK signal  
TX/RX MSG Save  
Turn on to automatically save incoming and outgoing messages  
to a floppy disk. “Log” appears at the top of the screen when on.  
Edit Before sending  
"OFF" transmits keying operation one by one. "ON" transmits  
message only when the [Enter] key is pressed after confirming  
text typed.  
Time System  
Time & Date  
Chooses time system. SMT is local time and JST is Japan  
standard time.  
Enter date and time manually. If a navigation device is connected,  
the time is automatically set when the power is turned on or  
whenever the time system is switched. Manual entry takes  
priority over automatic entry. This item cannot be adjusted when  
using JST or UTC.  
Display Mode (IB-581) Selects display mode to normal and reverse alternately.  
8-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8 NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW  
Window Color (IB-583) Chooses display colors. To change display colors:  
1. Choose the option Change from Setup.  
2. Press the [↓] key to choose Window Color and press the  
[Enter] key.  
Window Color Change  
Window Color Setup  
Default Color  
To Change: ENTER To quit: ESC  
3. The cursor is choosing Window Color Setup; press the  
[Enter] key.  
Window Color Setup  
Window  
: Base Window  
Fore Color : L_WHITE  
Back Color : BLUE  
To Change: ENTER To Change Value: L<=>R  
4. Press the [→] key to choose the item to change: BASE  
WINDOW, BACK SCROLL, EDIT 1-3, FUNCTION, SUB  
MENU 1-3, MESSAGE.  
5. Press the [↓] key to choose Fore Color.  
6. Press the [→] key to choose color: L-WHITE, BLACK, BLUE,  
GREEN, CYAN, RED, MAGENTA, BROWN, WHITE, GRAY,  
L-BLUE, L-GREEN, L-CYAN, L-RED, MAGENTA, YELLOW.  
7. Press the [↓] key to choose Back Color.  
8. Press the [→] key to choose color.  
9. Press the [↑] key to choose Window.  
10. Repeat the step 4 to 9 to set other colors.  
11. Press the [Enter] key followed by the [Esc] key.  
Self Test:  
Starts diagnostic test.  
Function key [F7]: WRU (Who Are You?): In the ARQ mode, requests other station's  
answerback code.  
Function key [F8]: HR (Here Is): In the ARQ mode, sends your ship's answerback code.  
Function key [F9]: OVER: In the ARQ mode, switches the direction of traffic; the  
information receiving station becomes the information sending station, the information  
sending station becomes the information receiving station.  
8-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9 NBDP PREPARATIONS  
This chapter provides the procedures necessary for preparing the NBDP Terminal Unit for  
transmitting and receiving. For automatic telex, you will need to register the following:  
•
•
•
•
•
Your ship's ID and answerback codes  
Stations  
Timer programs  
Scan channel groups  
User channels  
9.1 Registering Answerback Code & ID Codes  
Enter your ship's answerback code and ID codes as shown below.  
Note: The answerback and ID codes cannot be changed once entered; be sure to enter the  
codes correctly.  
9.1.1 Registering answerback code  
1. Press the function key [F5] and then the [5] key. The display should look something like  
the illustration below.  
Answerback Code Entry  
Answerback Code  
_
Answerback code entry screen  
2. Enter your ship's answerback code (max. 20 characters, including spaces) and press the  
[Enter] key. The prompt “OK/Cancel” asks for verification of data. If the code is correct,  
press the [Enter] key again.  
Note: Example of answerback code: 12345789 FURU X.  
9-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9 NBDP PREPARATIONS  
For final verification of the data, the Caution shown in the illustration below appears.  
Answerback Code Entry  
Answerback Code  
O K  
123456789 FURU X  
Cancel  
Caution  
Confirm the 'CODE' before pressing ENTER key.  
You cannot change the CODE once it has been entered.  
Message for confirmation of code entered  
3. If the code is correct, press the [Enter] key again.  
9.1.2 Registering ID codes  
1. Press function key [F5] and then the [6], [7], [8] or [9] key to enter the Group ID Code (4  
or 5 digits), Group ID Code (9 digits), Select ID Code (4 or 5 digits) or Select ID Code (9  
digits), respectively.  
Select ID Entry  
Select ID Code (4/5)  
_
ID code screen  
2. Enter Group ID or Select ID as appropriate and then press the [Enter] key. A prompt  
asks you to verify data. If the ID is correct, press the [Enter] key.  
For final verification of the data, the Caution shown in the illustration below appears.  
Select ID Entry  
Select ID Code (4/5)  
12345  
O K  
Cancel  
Caution  
Confirm the 'CODE' before pressing ENTER key.  
You cannot change the CODE once it has been entered.  
Message for confirmation of code entered  
3. If the ID is correct, press the [Enter] key again.  
9.2 Station List  
The station list provides for storage of up to 50 stations, one frequency pair (RX and TX)  
per station. For stations which have more than one frequency pair, you might add a suffix  
9-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9 NBDP PREPARATIONS  
to the station name to denote multiple frequency pairs. For example, station name  
FURUNO followed by -1, -2, -3, etc. for each frequency pair required.  
9.2.1 Registering stations  
1. Press the function key [F5] followed by the [1] key to show the Station Entry screen.  
Station Entry  
Station List  
Create  
Change  
Station Set Up  
Station : _  
ID Code :  
Mode  
: ARQ FEC  
CH/Table : Channel ScanTable  
Num/Table:  
Station entry screen  
2. On the right-hand side of the screen, Create and Change are shown and Create  
should be underlined. If it is not, underline it by pressing [→], [↑] and the [Enter] key.  
3. The cursor is now choosing Station. Enter station name, using up to 18 characters.  
4. Press the [↓] key to choose ID Code. Enter station ID code.  
5. Press the [↓] key to choose Mode. Choose communication mode with [←] or [→]  
among the following:  
ARQ: Automatic Retransmission Request  
FEC: Forward Error Correction  
6. Press the [↓] key to choose CH/Table. Choose ScanTable or Channel as appropriate.  
7. Press the [↓] key to choose Num/Table.  
9-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9 NBDP PREPARATIONS  
8. If you selected "Channel" at step 6, enter ITU channel number (see Appendix) or User  
channel number.  
If you selected "ScanTable" at step 6, press the [→] key to show scan group list registered.  
For scan group, refer to paragraph 9.5. Choose a scan group name by using the [↓] or [↑]  
key followed by pressing the [Enter] key.  
Scanning Group List  
INTREPID  
VOYAGER  
GLOBAL  
▼
Scanning group list  
9. Press the [Enter] key. The prompt OK/Cancel asks for verification of data.  
O K  
Cancel  
OK/Cancel prompt  
10. If the data are correct, press the [Enter] key. (To cancel entry, place the cursor on  
Cancel by pressing the [↓] key, and then hit the [Enter] key. Data entered are erased.)  
The station name entered at step 3 appears at the Station List window.  
11. To register other stations, press the [Enter] key twice and then repeat steps 3 through  
10.  
12. Press the [↓] key. Check data on the Station List for correctness. Stations displayed in  
reverse video on the Station List are displayed on Station Set Up.  
13. Press the [ESC] key to quit.  
Note 1:If you enter a station which already exists, the indication "Station by that name  
already exists. Press any key to escape." appears. Press any key to return to the  
Station List. Check the list.  
Note 2: If you enter an invalid code, the message “Input Error. (ID Code) Press any key to  
escape.” appears. Press any key and reenter ID code.  
9.2.2 Editing/Deleting stations  
1. Press the function key [F5] and then the [1] key.  
2. Press the [↓] key to choose a station name from the Station List.  
3. Press the [→] key followed by [↓] key to choose Change and press the [Enter] key.  
4. Do one of the following;  
Edit station:  
Use [↑], [↓] and the [Backspace] key to make corrections.  
Delete station: Erase station name with the [Backspace] key.  
5. Press the [Enter] key twice.  
6. Press the [Esc] key.  
9-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9 NBDP PREPARATIONS  
9.3 Timer Programming  
A built-in timer allows you to automatically receive and transmit files. 10 timer programs  
can be registered.  
9.3.1 Registering timer programs  
1. Press the function key [F5] and the [2] key to display the Timer Operation Entry screen.  
Timer Operation Entry  
Timer Operation List  
Create  
Change  
Timer Operation Set Up  
Operation  
Station  
: _  
:
Start Time  
Stop Time  
: 0: 00: 00  
: 0: 00: 00  
Receive/Send : Receive Send  
File to Send :  
Press [→] to show station list, file list.  
Timer operation entry screen  
2. If Create is not underlined, press [→], [↑] and the [Enter] key to underline it.  
3. Operation is selected. Enter a suitable operation name on the Operation line. Any  
alphanumeric characters may be used.  
Note: If the operation name entered already exists, the display “Operation name  
already exists. Press any key to escape.” Press any key and change the  
operation name.  
4. Press the [↓] key to choose Station. Press the [→] key to display the Station List (which  
you registered stations in the previous paragraph.) Choose a station and press the  
[Enter] key.  
5. Press the [↓] key to choose Start Time. Enter start time, in 24-hour notation. To have  
the operation start at 8:35 a. m., for example, the keying sequence would be;  
[0] [8] [3] [5] [0] [0]  
6. Press the [↓] key to choose Stop Time. Enter stop time, in 24-hour notation.  
7. Press the [↓] key to choose Receive/Send. Choose operation category; Receive or  
Send. If you have chosen “Send,” go to step 8. For “Receive,” go to step 9.  
8. For send, insert the floppy disk which you want to send in the floppy drive, press the [↓]  
key to choose File to Send, press the [→] key to display the TX window, choose a file,  
and press the [Enter] key.  
9. Press the [Enter] key.  
10. Press the [Enter] key. The operation name appears in the Timer Operation List.  
Note: If the station name entered has not been registered, the display shows  
“Operation name already exists. Press any key to escape.” Press any key and  
change operation name.  
9-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9 NBDP PREPARATIONS  
11. To enter another timer program, press the [Enter] key twice and the repeat steps 3-10.  
12. Press the [Esc] key to finish.  
9.3.2 Editing/Deleting timer programs  
1. Press the function key [F5] and the [2] key.  
2. Choose a timer program name from the Timer Operation List.  
3. Press the [→] key to choose Change and press the [Enter] key.  
4. Do one of the following;  
Edit program:  
Use [↑], [↓] and the [Backspace] key to make corrections.  
Delete program: Erase operation name with the [Backspace] key.  
5. Press the [Enter] key twice.  
6. Press the [Esc] key.  
9.4 User Channels  
The user channel list provides storage for up to 100 user channels, numbered 0-99. Note  
that user channels may be used in channel scanning.  
9.4.1 Registering user channels  
1. Press the function key [F5] and then the [4] key to show the User Channel Entry  
screen.  
User Channel Entry  
Channel List  
Create  
Change  
Channel Set Up  
Channel : _  
Tx Freq :  
Rx Freq :  
0.00  
0.00  
User channel entry screen  
2. If Create is not underlined, press [→], [↑] and the [Enter] key to underline it.  
3. Channel is selected. Enter channel number. (100 channels may be registered. When  
you attempt to register more, the message “Channel memory is full. Press any key to  
escape.” appears. In this case delete unnecessary channels to register new ones.)  
4. Press the [↓] key to choose “Tx Freq.” Enter TX frequency.  
5. Press the [↓] key to choose “Rx Freq.” Enter RX frequency.  
6. Press the [Enter] key. The”OK/Cancel” confirmation window appears.  
7. Press the [Enter] key. Channel number entered appears in the Channel List. (If the  
channel entered already exists, the message “Channel by that number already exists.  
Press any key to escape.” appears. Press any key and then reenter number.)  
9-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9 NBDP PREPARATIONS  
8. To quit, press the [Esc] key.  
9.4.2 Editing/Deleting user channels  
1. Press function key [F5] and then the [4] key.  
2. Press the [↑] or [↓] key to choose channel from the Channel List.  
3. Press [→] and [↓] keys to choose Change and press the [Enter] key.  
4. Do one of the following:  
Edit channel:  
Use [↑], [↓] and the [Backspace] key to make modifications.  
Delete channel: Erase channel number with the [Backspace] key.  
5. Press the [Enter] key twice.  
6. Press the [Esc] key.  
9.5 Scan Channel Groups  
You may store up to 10 scan groups, 20 channels per group. Note that scanning is only  
possible in the ARQ and FEC-collective modes.  
The NBDP Terminal Unit can automatically control radio equipment through channel  
scanning. The radio equipment scans a number of channels (according to your selection),  
stopping when an incoming signal is found. In the ARQ mode it stops when your own ID  
code is detected in an incoming signal. Also, in the ARQ mode, the transmitter is then  
tuned to the corresponding transmitter frequency, the communication link is established  
and the traffic is automatically exchanged. Scanning resumes once the link is  
disconnected.  
9.5.1 Registering scan channel groups  
You may register ITU and user scan channels as follows:  
1. Press the function key [F5] followed by the [3] key to display the Scan Entry screen.  
Scan Entry  
Scanning Group List  
Create  
Change  
Scanning Set Up  
Group Name  
: _  
Ch Dwell Time : 4.5 sec (2.7-4.5 sec)  
Mode  
Auto Search  
: AUTO ARQ FEC  
: OFF ON  
Pass/Scan  
Pass/Scan  
Pass/Scan  
Pass/Scan  
Pass/Scan  
Pass/Scan  
No  
0
1
2
3
Channel  
Rx Freq  
Tx Freq  
4
5
▼
Scan entry screen  
2. If Create is not underlined, press [→], [↑] and the [Enter] key to underline it.  
9-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9 NBDP PREPARATIONS  
3. Group Name is selected. Enter suitable group name. (10 group names may be entered.  
If you attempt to enter more the message “Scan group memory is full. Press any key to  
escape.” appears. Press any key and then delete unnecessary group names to enter  
new ones.)  
4. Press the [↓] key to choose CH Dwell Time. Enter channel dwell time in seconds. Dwell  
time is the time in seconds the receiver waits on each channel in a scan group before it  
selects the next frequency.  
5. Press the [↓] key to choose Mode, and then choose the communication mode; AUTO,  
ARQ or FEC.  
Note: AUTO is used to register scanning channel group when both ARQ and FEC  
exist in the same Scanning Channel Group. When you choose scan group by  
the call station menu, set Mode to FEC. See paragraph 11.3.  
6. Press the [↓] key to choose Auto Search. Choose Auto Search to ON or OFF.  
Auto Search ON: The radio stops scanning when it finds the strongest signal (highest  
S/N ratio). To find the strongest signal, the radio scans all channels,  
which may take some time. Therefore, use this setting where signal  
propagation is poor.  
Auto Search OFF: The radio stops scanning on the first signal it finds. We recommend  
that you set Auto Search to OFF when signal propagation is good.  
7. Press the [↓] key to choose line no. 1 in the Scanning Set Up window. Enter channel  
number (ITU or user channels) and press the [→] key to choose "Scan.” (If you enter  
an invalid channel, the message “ Channel by that name does not exist. Press any key  
to escape.” appears. Press any key and reenter channel.)  
8. Press the [↓] key to choose line No. 2. Enter channel number.  
9. Enter other channel numbers and then press the [Enter] key. A confirmation message  
appears.  
10. Press the [Enter] key again to save the data. The group name is displayed in the  
Scanning Group List window. (If the group name alredy exists, the message “Scan  
group by that name already exists. Press any key to escape.” appears. Press any key  
and change the scan group name.)  
11. To continue, press the [Enter] key twice and then repeat steps 3-10.  
12. Press the [Esc] key to quit.  
9.5.2 Editing/Deleting scan channel groups  
1. Press the function key [F5] and the [3] key. Choose scan group name from the  
Scanning Group List.  
2. Press the [→] key to choose Change and press the [Enter] key.  
3. Press the [↓] key to place the cursor on the field (channel) to change.  
4. Do one of the following:  
Editing channels:  
Press the [Backspace] key to delete the channel  
number and then enter new channel number.  
Enter channel number on a blank line.  
Adding channels:  
Deleting channels:  
Delete group name with the [Backspace] key.  
Disabling channels temporarily: Press the [←] key to underline Pass.  
5. Press the [Enter] key twice.  
9-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10 NBDP FILE OPERATIONS  
This chapter mainly describes how to create, save, open, edit and print files. The Edit menu  
provides a full lineup of editing facilities, including search and replace.  
10.1 Opening and Closing Files  
To create a telex message you will need to make a new file, which you do with the File  
Open command. When you open a new file it is placed (opened) in one of two working  
areas. When both working areas are occupied you must close a file to open a new file. This  
is done with the File Close command.  
Floppy Disk Memory  
File 1  
1
One of  
Display  
two  
2
File 2  
Display Unit's  
Switchable from  
"Change Text" on  
Edit menu  
Memory  
(Working area)  
File 3  
How a file is opened  
10.2 Creating Files  
1. Press the function key [F1] to display the File menu.  
File  
1: New  
2: Open  
3: Close  
4: Delete  
5: Rename  
6: Real Time Printing  
7: File to Print  
8: Cancel Printing  
9: Clear Buffer  
0: Floppy Disk Format  
File menu  
2. Press the [1] key to choose New. The title bar shows UNTITLED 1 or UNTITLED 2. The  
cursor marks the location where you may type text.  
10-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10 NBDP FILE OPERATIONS  
Note: When two working areas have been opened, the close confirmation window  
appears. See paragraph 10.3.2 below. In this case, choose Yes or No and press  
the [Enter] key to close an open file in order to open another file.  
3. Type your message.  
Note: Do not use lower case letters, or the symbols #, &, *, $ and % in telex messages.  
Also, do not put “$$$” in the middle of a TX message, but at the end. The  
communication line is automatically disconnected when this string is detected.  
10-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10.3 Saving a File  
Use only 2HD type floppy disks. Insert floppy disk with care. Rough handling can destroy  
the information stored inside. To eject a disk, press the eject button on the right side of the  
floppy disk drive and then remove the disk. Do not eject a disk while the operating lamp is  
lit; the contents of the disk may become damaged.  
Hole opened: Write protect  
Write-protect Tab  
Write-Protect Tab  
10.3.1 Formatting floppy disks  
Before you can save a file to a floppy disk, the disk must be formatted. Formatting prepares  
the disk for use in the system.  
1. Press function key [F1]. For the IB-583, insert a new floppy disk in the disk drive.  
2. Press the [0] key to choose Floppy Disk Format.  
3. Press the [↑] key to choose Yes.  
4. Press the [Enter] key. For the IB-581, insert a new floppy disk in the drive.  
5. Press the [Enter] key. For the IB-583, the screen shows formatting progress as below.  
Floppy Disk Format  
9%  
6. After the formatting has been completed, the following occurs:  
IB-581: You are asked “Format another (Y/N)?” Press [N] and [Enter] to quit.  
IB-583: Control is returned to the DSC standby screen.  
10-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10 NBDP FILE OPERATIONS  
10.3.2 Saving a file  
1. Press the function key [F1] to display the File menu.  
2. Press the [3] key. The screen should look something like the illustration at right.  
Close Text  
Save file ?  
Yes  
( UNTITLED1 )  
No  
Close text screen  
3. Yes is selected; press the [Enter] key. Enter file name, using up to eight characters.  
You may use any alphabet or numeric on the keyboard. But you may not use the symbols  
shown below. You may add an extension at the end of the file name, for example, .TXT, to  
distinguish text files from macro files.  
/
∗
+ , / : ; < = > ? [ ] | space  
"
4. Press the [Enter] key.  
10-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10 NBDP FILE OPERATIONS  
10.4 Editing Files  
10.4.1 Cutting and pasting text  
You can delete, move and copy text by using the Cut, Copy and Paste functions in the Edit  
menu.  
Edit  
1: Undo  
2: Cut  
3: Copy  
4: Paste  
5: Select All  
6: Search  
7: Replace  
8: Goto Top  
9: Goto Bottom  
0: Goto Line  
A: Change Text  
Edit menu  
Cutting text  
1. Place the cursor on the first character of the text to be cut.  
2. Highlight the text to be cut by pressing and holding the [Shift] key while pressing the [→].  
If you highlight text which you do not want to cut, press the [←] to adjust the highlight.  
<[1]UNTITLED1>  
CONGULATULATION ON YOUR CHOICE OF DP-6  
INMARSAT B MOBILE EARTH STATION.  
WE ARE CONFIDENT THAT YOU WILL ENJOY MANY YEARS OF  
OPERATION WITH THIS FINE PIECE OF EQUIPMENT  
The highlight  
3. Press the function key [F2] and the [2] key, or the [Delete] key. The highlighted text is cut  
and the remaining text is reformatted.  
If you make a mistake, you can restore the text by immediately selecting Undo from the Edit  
menu.  
Pasting text  
To paste the cut text to a new location, do the following:  
1. Place the cursor at the exact spot in the message where the cut text is to start.  
2. Press the function key [F2] and the [4] key, or the [Insert] key.  
10-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10 NBDP FILE OPERATIONS  
10.4.2 Copying and pasting text  
You may copy a portion of text and paste it elsewhere.  
1. Choose the text to copy. (See “cutting text" above for the procedure.)  
2. Press the function key [F2] and the [3] key.  
The text selected is copied to the paste buffer memory where the cut or copied text is stored.  
The display returns to the normal screen.  
3. Place the cursor at the exact spot in the message where the copied text is to start.  
4. Press the function key [F2] and the [4] key.  
10.4.3 Select all  
The Select All feature lets you select all of the file currently displayed. This feature can be  
useful when you want to combine files. The procedure below explains how to place the file  
loaded in working area 1 onto the end of the file loaded in working area 2.  
1. Load the file to be copied from a floppy disk in working area 1.  
2. Press the function key [F2] and the [5] key. The entire file appears in inverse video.  
3. Press the function key [F2] and the [3] key. The file is placed in the paste buffer memory.  
4. Load the file to be combined in working area 2.  
5. Place the cursor at the exact spot in the message where the text now in the paste buffer  
memory is to start and press the [Insert] key.  
Paste  
Buffer  
Memory  
2
Working  
Area 1  
Holds cut or  
copied text  
Transfer  
(copy)  
Open  
file  
1
3
Floppy  
Disk  
Open  
file  
Working  
Area 2  
Paste (Combine)  
4
Copy and paste flow diagram  
10.4.4 Searching text  
The Search feature lets you search for text in a forward or backward direction.  
1. Display a text and press the function key [F2] and the [6] key. The Search display  
appears.  
Search  
Dir  
Forward  
Search string :  
Backward  
ESC: quit  
Search screen  
10-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10 NBDP FILE OPERATIONS  
2. Type the word you want to find. Use the Choose Forward or Backward to search the file  
in a forward or backward direction respectively from the cursor position. Press the  
[Enter] key to begin the search.  
When the unit finds the word, the cursor stops at the first character of the word. Press the  
[Enter] key to continue the search. If the string could not be found, the message “Not Found  
(To quit: ESC)” appears. Press the [Esc] key to quit.  
10.4.5 Replacing text  
The Replace feature helps you replace every occurrence of a word or phase with another  
word or phase in a file.  
1. Press the function key [F2] and the [7] key. The Replace display appears.  
Replace  
Mode  
Dir  
Search string :  
Replace with :  
Query  
Forward  
Forward  
---------------  
Backward  
All  
To quit: ESC  
Replace screen  
2. Type the word you want to replace on the "Search string" line.  
3. Press the [↓] key to choose "Replace with." Type the new word.  
4. Use the [↑] or [↓] key to choose Forward or Backward to search the file in a forward or  
backward direction respectively from the cursor position.  
5. Use the [↑] or [↓] key to choose whether you want to be queried or not each time the  
word is found.  
Query: Stop at each occurrence of word to answer yes or no to replacement.  
All:  
Replace every occurrence of word without stopping to confirm.  
6. Press the [Enter] key to start the replacement.  
10.4.6 Goto line  
The Goto line feature places the cursor at the head of a line desired.  
1. Press the function key [F2] and the [0] key. The following display appears.  
Goto Line  
Jump to Line No. :  
Goto line screen  
2. Key in line number and press the [Enter] key. The cursor shifts to the head of the line  
selected.  
10-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10 NBDP FILE OPERATIONS  
10.4.7 Goto top, Goto bottom  
You can easily go to the top or bottom line of a file. Press [F2], [8] to go to the top line; press  
[F2], [9] to go to the bottom line. Note that this feature can also be executed on the editor  
screen by pressing the [Home] key while pressing the [Fn] key.  
10.5 Opening Files  
Two working areas (called working area 1 and working area 2) are provided to which you  
can load a file, and one file may be displayed on the LCD.  
10.5.1 Opening a file  
1. Insert the floppy disk which contains the file you want to open.  
2. Press the function key [F1] to display the File menu.  
3. Press the [2] key. A chronological list of files on the floppy disk appears.  
Open Text  
Load/Merge(TAB:Change)  
[B:\TEST1.  
File name  
LOG File  
TEST1.  
TEST2.  
TEST3.  
NBDP  
]
Size  
52  
120  
151  
180  
169  
Date & Time  
02-10-15 17:25  
02-10-15 16:30  
02-10-15 9:25  
02-10-15 20:16  
02-10-15 6:23  
[
End of Directory  
]
4 Files exist  
1454000 bytes free  
To select : ENTER To view : SPACE To quit : ESC  
4. Use the [↑] or [↓] key to choose a file.  
5. Press the [Enter] key.  
The file appears and the title bar shows the file name. You may repeat this procedure to  
load another file into a working area.  
Note: When two working areas have been opened, the close confirmation window appears.  
In this case, choose Yes or No and press the [Enter] key to close an open file in order  
to open another file.  
10.5.2 Switching between files  
Two files can be opened and one displayed on the LCD. To switch between files do the  
following:  
1. Press the function key [F2].  
2. Press the [A] key to switch between files.  
10-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10 NBDP FILE OPERATIONS  
10.6 Renaming Files  
To rename a file, do the following:  
1. Press the function key [F1].  
2. Press the [5] key.  
3. Use the [↑] or [↓] key to choose a file and press the [Enter] key.  
4. Enter a new name.  
5. Press the [Enter] key.  
10.7 Saving a File Under a New Name  
You may save a file under a new name as follows:  
1. Open a file.  
2. Edit the file as necessary.  
3. Press the function key [F1].  
4. Press the [3] key to save the file.  
5. Press the [Y] key.  
6. Press the [Backspace] key to erase the original name and then enter a new name.  
7. Press the [Enter] key.  
10.8 Deleting Files  
Insert appropriate floppy disk in the drive and do the following to delete unnecessary files.  
1. Press the function key [F1].  
2. Press the [4] key.  
3. Use the [↑] or [↓] key to choose the file to delete and then press the [Enter] key.  
4. Press the [Enter] key again. (To cancel, press the [↓] key to select NO followed by the  
[Enter] key.)  
10.9 Real Time Printing  
An incoming or outgoing message can be printed out while it is being received or  
transmitted.  
1. Press the function key [F1] to display the File menu.  
2. Press the [6] key to turn real time printing on/off.  
“Print” appears in reverse video at the top of the display.  
10-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10 NBDP FILE OPERATIONS  
10.10 Printing Files  
You can print files stored on floppy disks as follows:  
1. Press the function key [F1].  
2. Press the [7] key.  
3. Use the [↑] or [↓] key to choose a file and press the [Enter] key.  
4. Press the [Y] key.  
To stop printing at any time, press [F1] and [8] keys.  
If the file could not be printed, "Cannot print. Check connection between printer and terminal.  
Press any key to escape." is displayed.  
10-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING,  
RECEIVING  
This chapter mainly shows you how to transmit and receive telex messages.  
11.1 Manual Calling  
NOTICE  
Before calling, watch the intended TX  
frequency carefully to confirm that is  
unoccupied.  
The simplest way to communicate with a telex subscriber is Manual Calling. For the ARQ  
mode, you may display beforehand the message to send, or type your message manually.  
1. Press the function key [F3] to display the Operate menu.  
Operate  
1: Call Station  
2: Macro Operation  
3: File to Send  
4: Cancel Sending  
5: Scan (Start/Stop)  
6: Manual Reception  
7: Timer Operation  
8: Manual Calling  
9: Set Frequency  
Operate menu  
2. Press the [9] key to choose Set Frequency.  
Set Frequency  
Tx Freq:  
0.00  
RX Freq:  
0.00  
Set frequency screen  
3. Input Tx and Rx frequency pair.  
4. Press the [Enter] key.  
5. Press the function key [F3] again and then the [8] key to choose Manual Calling. The  
following screen appears.  
11-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING  
Manual Calling  
Mode : ARQ FEC  
ID :  
Manual calling screen  
6. Use the [←] or [→] key to choose appropriate communication mode.  
7. Press the [↓] key and input party's ID number.  
8. Press the [Enter] key to connect the communication line. “Channel Busy Check”  
appears to inform you that the equipment is checking if the line is busy. If the line is  
free, “Connect”, “Send” and “Lock” appear in highlight as below. Further, “HT” (High  
Tension) also appears when the line is connected.  
1:File 2:Edit 3:Operate 4:Window 5:Station 6:System 7:WRU 8:HR 9:Over 10:Break  
2002-09-08 2:14:28 UTC  
Caps-Eng  
Station Name  
:
HT  
Frequency (T/R) : 8765.00 / 8965.00(kHz) Comm Mode :ARQ  
Comm Status : Connect Send Lock Error  
Sending Volume : 100(%) ARQ Error : 0 ARQ Time : 0(sec)  
For ARQ mode, go to step 9. For FEC mode, type your message and go to step 13.  
9. Press the function key [F7] (WRU). The party's answerback code appears on the  
screen.  
Note: Step 9 and 10 are needed for ship-to-ship calling only.  
10.Press the function key [F8] (HR). Your ship's answerback code is sent to the party.  
11. Press the [Enter] key and type your message.  
12.If you want to receive other party's response, press the function key [F9] (Over).  
13.Press the function key [F10] (Break) to disconnect the line.  
11-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING  
11.2 ARQ Mode Operation  
In ARQ operation, one station (information sending station) sends data to another block by  
block, then listens for the acknowledge signal between blocks from the information  
receiving station which requests either the next block or retransmission of the last block if  
there is error. The request may be repeated up to 32 times, until the complete block is  
received free of error.  
Establishing connection  
1. Press the function key [F3] to display the Operate menu.  
Operate  
1: Call Station  
2: Macro Operation  
3: File to Send  
4: Cancel Sending  
5: Scan (Start/Stop)  
6: Manual Reception  
7: Timer Operation  
8: Manual Calling  
9: Set Frequency  
2. Press the [1] key to choose Call Station.  
1:File 2:Edit 3:Operate 4:Window 5:Station 6:System 7:WRU 8:HR 9:Over 10:Break  
2002-01-15 14:41:09 UTC  
Caps-Eng  
Station Name  
Frequency (/R) 875.00 / Comm Mode :AQW  
Comm Sta
: CHOUSHI-8M  
Call Station  
Station List Station Setup  
Sending
ABC-4M  
ABC-6M  
ABC-12M  
ABC-8M  
FURUNO  
Station : ABC-4M  
ID Code : 45678  
Mode  
: ARQ FEC  
CH/Table : Channel Scantable  
Num/Table:  
Call Station menu  
3. Choose a station. (Station must be registered for use in the ARQ mode). Press the  
[Enter] key. The message "Calling Station" appears. If the message "Station calling  
suspended. Check radio and interconnections. Press any key to escape." appears,  
check both the power of the radiotelephone and the connections between the  
radiotelephone and the NBDP Terminal Unit.  
4. When an acknowledge signal is detected, "Connect" appears in reverse video on the  
communication status display (see below).  
Note: If signal conditions are poor, connection may take a while. If the line could not  
be connected in one minute, calling stops and "Calling failed" appears. Try step  
3 again, one minute later. Should signal conditions worsen during message  
transmission, "Error" appears in reverse video and 30 seconds later the line is  
disconnected.  
11-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING  
5. Transmit message by one of the following methods:  
Sending a file stored on a floppy disk  
a) Press the function key [F7] (WRU) to receive the answerback code of the other  
station. Verify that the code from the station called is correct.  
b) Press the function key [F8] (HR) to transmit your own identity (answerback code).  
c) Press the function key [F3] and then the [3] key to display the Send screen. Choose  
file to send and press the [Enter] key. Press the [Enter] key again, and “Send”  
appears in reverse video while the file is being transmitted.  
Send File  
[B:\TEST1.  
File name  
LOG File  
TEST1.  
TEST2.  
TEST3.  
NBDP  
]
Size  
52  
120  
151  
180  
169  
Date & Time  
02-10-15 17:25  
02-10-10 16:30  
02-10-11 09:25  
02-10-11 20:16  
02-10-12 06:23  
[
End of Directory  
]
4 Files exist  
1454000 bytes free  
To select : ENTER To view : SPACE To quit : ESC  
Send file screen  
Sending volume (percentage of message transmitted, counts upward as the message is  
being transmitted), ARQ error count and ARQ transmission time appear on the display.  
“Lock” appears in reverse video when the mark and space signals in the receive signal are  
normal. “Sending Volume” shows what percentage of the message has been sent. “ARQ  
Error” shows the number of times error was found during transmission. “ARQ Time” is the  
time in seconds the communication line has been established.  
1:File 2:Edit 3:Operate 4:Window 5:Station 6:System 7:WRU 8:HR 9:Over 10:Break  
2002-09-08 2:14:28 UTC  
Caps-Eng  
Station Name  
:
HT  
Frequency (T/R) : 8765.00 / 8965.00(kHz) Comm Mode :ARQ  
Comm Status : Connect Send Lock Error  
Sending Volume : 100(%) ARQ Error : 0 ARQ Time : 0(sec)  
Communication status display  
Type a message from the keyboard  
After exchanging answerback code by the function key [F7] (WRU) and [F8] (HR), type  
your message directly from the keyboard.  
a) To change direction of traffic, press either function key [F9] (OVER), or [+] and [?]. Then,  
the other station becomes the information sending station, your station the information  
receiving station.  
b) Receive a message from the sending station, if any.  
c) After completion of communication, press the function key [F7] (WRU) key to receive the  
answerback code of the other station and then press the function key [F8] (HR) to  
transmit your own answerback code.  
d) Press the function key [F10] (Break) to disconnect the line.  
11-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING  
Stopping transmission  
1. Press the function key [F3] and then the [4] key. “Canceled Sending” appears on the  
screen. Transmission is stopped but the line is still connected.  
2. To disconnect the line, press the [F10] key.  
11.3 FEC Mode Operation  
The FEC mode transmits the same data twice to yield less errors. Compared to the ARQ  
mode, the FEC mode is better at communicating with weak signals.  
1. Press the function key [F3].  
2. Press the [1] key to display the Call Station menu.  
3. Choose a station which is registered for the FEC mode. Press the [Enter] key.  
“CONNECT” appears in reverse video.  
4. Transmit a message directly from the keyboard, or do the following to transmit a  
message stored on a floppy disk:  
Press the function key [F3] and the [3] key to choose File to Send. Choose file to send and  
then press the [Enter] key.  
5. After the message is transmitted, press the function key [F10] (Break) to disconnect  
the line.  
11.4 Choosing Receive Mode  
1. Press the function key [F3] and then the [6] key.  
2. Choose receive mode:  
AUTO: Automatic reception in ARQ or FEC mode  
ARQ: International radiotelex ARQ mode  
FEC: International radiotelex FEC mode  
DIRC: Receive message from teleprinter  
3. Press the [Enter] key. The reception mode appears on the screen.  
All received (and transmitted) messages are saved to a floppy disk when "TX/RX Msg  
Save" is ON in the System menu. The file is automatically named as follows.  
02 01 13 0 0. X X X  
Year month date  
Serial number from 000  
11-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING  
11.5 Communication Example  
Call the coast station following the procedure in paragraph 11.2. Then, communicate with  
the coast station. Below is a communication example.  
Call completed,  
connected with  
coast station  
To send message  
to ship  
Own answerback code  
12345 KOBE X  
Selcall No.  
Ship name or call sign  
1480 HKRDO VRX  
Automatically sent from Coast  
station (ex. Hong Kong)  
If this is your first  
MOM  
GA+?  
OPR+  
MOM  
communications with a  
particular coast station,  
the coast station asks  
for you selcall no. ship  
name, call sign and  
AAIC (your enterprises  
name for which to  
Type at your side within 30 s.  
(Call operator manually.)  
1480 HKRDO VRX  
12345 KOBE X  
KOBE DE HKRDO GOOD MORNING  
NW NIL QRV GA+?  
Message from coast station  
(Wait. From HKRDO to KOBE.  
Nothing to send. Do you  
have anything to send?)  
charge to charge toll  
call. That registers you  
with the coast station.  
Thereafter, if your  
answerback code is  
correct automatic  
transmission is possible.  
Type at your side  
(GM=Good Morning. I have  
a message for you.)  
GM NW QTC1+?  
From coast station.  
(Send your message.)  
Type at your side  
(To send a message file, type  
MOM before TOR and wait  
awhile.)  
QRV K  
TOR  
GA+?  
Teleprinting Over Radio  
(Message TX starts.)  
NR 9004  
Msg No.  
TO: TELEX 1234567 FURUNO  
JAPAN OFFICE  
INT. DEP. SEC-1 MANAGER  
FM: KOBE MARU/12345 KOBE X  
TEXT:Type message.  
Receiver: Telex no.1234567  
FURUNO ELEC. CO.  
Sende: KOBE MARU  
Type message  
Message finished. Can you  
acknowledge receipt)  
KKKK QSL +?  
End message.  
From coast station  
KOBE DE HKRDO QSL NR9004  
TKS NW NIL +?  
From HKRD0 to KOBE.  
Received NR9004. Thank you.  
No more to send.  
TKS NW NIL BIBI +?  
Type at your ship  
(Thank you. I have nothing to  
send. Bye Bye.  
TKS SEE YOU LATER  
BIBI  
From coast station  
Thank you. See you later.)  
Coast station disconnects the line.  
Communications example  
11-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING  
Table of abbreviations  
Abbreviation Question  
Answer or Advice  
QRA  
QRC  
What is the name your station?  
The name of my station is · · · · .  
By what private enterprise are the  
accounts for charges for your station  
settled?  
The accounts for my station are settled  
by the private enterprise · · · · .  
QRU  
QRV  
QRX  
Have you any thing for me?  
Are you ready?  
I have nothing for you.  
I am ready.  
When will you call me again?  
I will call you again at · · · · hours [on  
· · · · kHz].  
QSJ  
What is the charge to be collected to · The charge to be collected to · · · ·  
· · · including your internal charge?  
including my internal charge is · · · ·  
frans · · · · .  
QSL  
QSX  
Can you acknowledge receipt?  
I can acknowledge receipt.  
Will you listen to · · · · [call sign] on  
· · · · kHz?  
I am listening to · · · · [call sign] on  
· · · · kHz.  
QTA  
QTC  
Shall I cancel message number · · · · ? Cancel message number · · · ·  
How many messages have you to  
send?  
I have · · · · message for you.  
QTU  
What are the hours your station is  
open?  
My station is open from · · · · to · · · ·  
hours.  
Abbreviation  
Definition  
BK  
Signal used to interrupt a transmission progress.  
CFM  
DE  
Confirm  
"From · · · · "  
K
Invitation to transmit.  
I have nothing to send to you.  
Now  
NIL  
NW  
PSE  
R
Please  
Received  
REF  
SVC  
Reference to · · · · .  
Prefix indicating a service telegram.  
11-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING  
Command and abbreviation  
Command  
TGM+  
Function  
To indicate that the following message is a radiotelegram.  
To indicate that the ship station needs to be connected immediately any message held.  
Call operator.  
MSG+  
OPR+  
URG+  
Safety, urgency and distress message.  
MED+  
Request medical advice.  
TEST+  
BRK+  
Request coast station to send a test message for checking the ship station.  
To clear the connection with the coast station.  
Abbreviation  
GA+  
I am ready. Transmit your command.  
Wait a moment.  
MOM  
MSG+  
Request pending messages from the shore.  
KKKK or NNNN Terminate a message.  
11.6 Timer Operation  
A built-in timer permits automatic transmission and reception of telex messages.  
11.6.1 Enabling timer operation  
1. Press the function key [F3] to display the Operate menu.  
2. Press the [7] key to display the Timer Operation List.  
3. Choose the operation (name) you wish to execute. Press the [Enter] key. An asterisk  
appears beside the operation selected and "T. Op" appears in reverse video on the  
communication status display. If a file stored on a floppy disk is to be sent, be sure the  
floppy disk containing the file is inserted in the drive.  
Timer Operation List  
*1  
2
3
OP4  
OP5  
Timer operation list  
4. Choose another operation (name) if desired.  
5. Press the [Esc] key.  
11-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING  
When the predetermined time comes, the NBDP Terminal Unit automatically sends or  
receives the message. The results of timer operation are displayed as either OK or NG  
(No Good) on the Timer Operation List.  
Timer Operation List  
*1  
OK  
2
*3  
*OP4  
*OP5  
OK  
OK  
NG  
Timer operation list  
11.6.2 Stopping timer operation  
1. Press the function key [F3].  
2. Press the [7] key.  
3. Choose the operation (name) which has an asterisk attached to it and then press the  
[Enter] key. Remove all asterisks to cancel all timer programs.  
11.7 Scanning  
The radio equipment scans a group of operator-selected frequencies (channels), and  
stops scanning when an signal is received. For registering scan group, see paragraph 9.5.  
1. Press the function key [F3] and then the [5] key to show the Scanning Group List on  
your screen.  
You can confirm the scan channel by pressing the [↑] or [↓] key while pressing the [Shift]  
key.  
Scanning Group List  
*1  
2
3
Scanning group list  
2. Choose a scan group and press the [Enter] key.  
3. The scanning starts and the indication "Scan" appears in reverse video. Further, the  
name of the scan group appears in the Station Name field.  
1:File 2:Edit 3:Operate 4:Window 5:Station 6:System 7:WRU 8:HR 9:Over 10:Break  
2002-09-08 2:01:46 UTC  
Scan HT  
Frequency (T/R) : 8344.00 / 8705.00(kHz) Comm Mode : Auto  
Comm Status : Connect Send Lock Error  
Caps-Eng  
Station Name  
: SAITO-1  
Sending Volume : 100(%) ARQ Error : 0 ARQ Time : 0(sec)  
Communication status display  
4. To stop scanning, press the function key [F3] and then the [5] key. “Scan” appears in  
normal video on the communication status display.  
11-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING  
11.8 Communication Buffer  
The communication buffer is a temporary memory which stores transmit and receive  
messages. To display the contents of the communication buffer, do the following:  
1. Escape from the message creation screen.  
2. Press the [PgDn] or [PgUp] key. The contents of the communication buffer are  
displayed.  
To print them, press the [Ctrl] and [P] keys simultaneously. To erase the contents from the  
screen, press the [PgDn] key while pressing the [Fn] key.  
To erase the contents of the buffer, press the [F1] and [9] keys.  
11.9 Preparing Macrofiles for Automatic Telex  
11.9.1 Automatic telex overview  
This section shows you how to communication with a coast station which handles  
automatic telex transmission, using macrofiles. You will also need to register  
communication channels and stations, and prepare macrofiles.  
Coast stations using automatic telex are MCI Marine Services (North America), Sydney  
Radio (Australia), Lyngby Radio (Denmark), and others. The procedure is mostly common  
to all coast stations, however refer to the coast station’s traffic manual for details.  
INTERNATIONAL  
TELEX NETWORK  
SHIP  
STORE-AND-  
FORWARD  
DIRECT  
DIALING  
CENTRAL  
SYSTEM  
SUB-STATION  
MULTI-  
ADDRESS  
SYSTEM  
CONTROL  
Sample automatic telex network  
The service available in automatic telex are  
• Message transfer between ship and coast station (store-and-forward)  
• Connection with landline telex (direct dialing)  
• Multi address.  
11-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING  
11.9.2 Preparations  
To use automatic telex, you will need to register three items:  
• Answerback code  
• Scan groups  
• Station names  
Registering answerback code  
The coast station assigns a Telex number. This number functions as an answerback code.  
An answerback code contains the following:  
OOOOO SHIP X  
OOOOO: Coast station-assigned five-digit telex code  
SHIP:  
X:  
Ship name  
For shipboard station, normally X is entered.  
The procedure for registering the answerback code is the same as which appears on page  
9-1. If an answerback code was registered before the commissioning of the coast station,  
a new answerback code must be entered. To enter a new answerback code, contact  
FURUNO or an authorized FURUNO agent or dealer.  
Registering scan groups  
The central system emits a free-signal to indicate a coast station radio channel is in idle  
condition and available for ship-to-shore calls. The free-signal is detected and recognized  
by the shipboard equipment as a permission to start the transmission. Then, the shipboard  
operator initiates a call.  
You can scan search for the free-signal automatically by registering coast station radio  
channels in scan group(s). The procedure for registering scan groups for coast station use  
is the same as that which appears on page 9-7.  
Registering stations  
The next step is to enter station name. The procedure is the same as that shown on page  
9-3.  
11-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING  
11.9.3 Commands  
The tables which follows describe the commands for macro operation  
Command  
Parameter  
Content  
(Prefixed with @)  
CALL  
S: Station Name  
Two digits, 0-99 min.  
Calling station name and ID on assigned  
parameter  
FREE (support  
command for CALL)  
Free-signal searching time according to  
assigned parameter (default setting: 10  
min)  
$RRR$ signal  
Detect free signal of dot pattern  
RETRY (support  
command for CALL)  
Two digits, 0-99 min.  
Calling according to assigned parameter  
(default setting: 10 min)  
CASE  
Text  
For receiving a message (designated by  
parameter) transmitted by coast station  
TIMEOUT (support  
command for CALL)  
Two digits, 0-99 min.  
Text  
Time allotted for reception of message by  
CASE command  
SEND  
Text transmitted according to assigned  
parameters  
B file name (IB-581)  
A: file name (IB-583)  
Send a file from floppy disk  
WRU  
HR  
None  
Function keys F7 – F10  
OVER  
BREAK  
DISPLAY  
INPUT  
Text  
Text of message appears  
None  
Waiting for keyboard input  
Transmit keyboard input message  
Commands processed by Danish coast station Lyngby  
Command  
Function  
BRK+  
Disconnection communications line  
DIRTLX ……+ Direct dialing telex (receive only)  
KKKK  
LTR+  
Terminate message  
For telex letters mailed from Operations Station to destinations worldwide  
Request medical advice  
Requesting operating assistance  
Send position data  
Status requested on a store-and-forward message  
Store-and-forward method  
MED+  
OPR+  
POS+  
STA+  
TLX ……+  
For details, consult the coast station’s traffic manual.  
11-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING  
11.9.4 Store-and-forward method  
The following is the sequence of events in transmission of a file by the store-and-forward  
method.  
1. Shipboard station sends message to coast station.  
2. Coast station stores message in memory buffer.  
3. Shipboard station and coast station clear the radio circuit.  
4. Coast station sends message to subscriber designated.  
Actual procedure for store-and-forward telex  
No. Procedure  
Display  
Remarks  
1
2
Call a c.oast station.  
CONNECT appears Free-signal found;  
in reverse video  
radio circuit ready.  
(and bell sounds).  
Transmit WRU signal.  
00190 TLG DK  
Initial identity  
26 X X X SHIP X exchange between coast  
GA+?  
station and shipboard  
station  
3
Key in subscriber's Telex number.  
Example: (Hong Kong) 12345  
MSG+?  
Request to start  
message transmission  
TLX80212345+  
Transmit file.  
4
5
Message transmission  
When transmission is completed,  
type KKKK.  
26 X X X SHIP X Transmit your  
00190 TLG DK  
answerback code.  
Receive other party's  
answerback code.  
GA+?  
6
Transmit BREAK command to  
clear radio circuit.  
11-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING  
Procedure for preparing a macrofile for store-and-forward method  
You will need a macrofile to enable automatic message transmission by store-and-forward  
method. After preparing it, save it to a floppy disk for future use.  
1. Press function key [F1] to display the File menu.  
2. Press the [1] key.  
3. Prepare macrofile. Below is simple example.  
< [1] UNTITLED1 >  
@FREE $RRR$  
@CALL S:LYNGBY RADIO  
@WRU  
1
2
@CASE GA+?  
@SEND TLX80212345+  
@CASE MSG+?  
@SEND B: ABC  
@SEND KKKK  
3
4
5
@CASE GA+?  
@SEND BRK+  
1 Search dot pattern free signal until it is found  
2 Station name (Example: LYNGBY RADIO)  
Who are you?  
Station identity exchange  
3 Subscriber's Telex number (in example, 802 is country  
code of Hong Kong) for store-and-forward method  
4 Location and name of file message  
B: ABC (IB-581), A: ABC (IB-583)  
5 Request for termination of message  
Sample macrofile for store-and-forward method  
4. Press function key [F1] to display the File menu.  
5. Press the [3] key. The Close Text appears on the display.  
close Text  
Save File?  
Yes  
No  
(UNTITLED 1)  
Close text prompt  
11-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING  
6. Press the [Enter] key and enter a file name as follows:  
OOOOOOOO.MCR  
↑
↑
File Name Extension Name  
(max. 8 characters)  
7. Press the [Enter] key.  
DIRTLX macrofile  
Sample DIRTLX macrofile  
@FREE $RRR$  
1
2
@CALL S: LYNGBY RADIO  
@WRU  
@CASE GA+?  
@SEND DIRTLX725644325+  
@CASE MSG+?  
@SEND B: ABC  
@SEND KKKK  
@CASE GA+?  
@SEND BRK+  
3
4
5
1 Search dot pattern free signal until it is found  
2 Station name (Example: LYNGBY RADIO)  
Who are you?  
Station identity exchange  
3 Subscriber's Telex number (in example, 72 is country  
code of JAPAN) for direct dialing mode  
4 Location and name of file message  
B: ABC (IB-581), A: ABC (IB-583)  
5 Request for termination of message  
Sample DIRLTX macrofile  
11-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING  
Procedure for DIRTLX  
No. Procedure  
Display  
Remarks  
1
2
Call a c.oast station.  
CONNECT appears Free-signal found;  
in reverse video  
radio circuit ready.  
(and bell sounds).  
Transmit WRU signal.  
00190 TLG DK  
Initial identity  
26 X X X SHIP X exchange between coast  
GA+?  
station and shipboard  
station  
3
Key in subscriber's Telex number.  
Example: (Japan) 5644325  
12:20  
MOM  
5644325 FURUNO J  
MSG+  
Request to start  
message transmission  
DIRTLX725644325+  
4
5
Transmit file.  
Message transmission  
26 X X X SHIP X  
5644325 FURUNO J  
00190 TLG DK  
DURATION ...  
TIME ...  
When transmission is completed,  
type KKKK.  
Transmit your  
answerback code.  
Receive other party's  
answerback code.  
GA+?  
6
Transmit BREAK command to  
clear radio circuit.  
11-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING  
11.10 Automatic Telex using Macrofile  
This section describes how to transmit a telex message using a macrofile.  
Basic procedure  
1. Register answerback code (Telex number assigned by coast station).  
2. Register coast station frequency and channel to scan group.  
3. Register station name including scan group name.  
4. Retrieve appropriate macrofile. Include station name and message file name. Type  
message and save file to memory.  
5. Open macro operation menu and select a macrofile. (See next page for details.) Your  
message will be transmitted automatically. Below is the sequence of automatic  
message transmission to a coast station.  
a) Search for free-signal  
b) Call coast station on one of its radio channels  
c) After connection is established, identity exchange  
d) Transmission of service category and subscriber’s address  
e) Transmission of message  
f) Transmission of termination of message signal  
g) Identity exchange  
h) Clearing of radio circuit  
Actual procedure  
1. Press function key [F3] to display the Operate menu.  
Operate  
1: Call Station  
2: Macro Operation  
3: File to Send  
4: Cancel Sending  
5: Scan (Start/Stop)  
6: Manual Reception  
7: Timer Operation  
8: Manual Calling  
9: Set Frequency  
Operate menu  
2. Press the [2] key to display the Call Macro screen.  
11-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
11 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING  
Call Macro  
[B:\TEST1.  
]
[A:\...  
for IB-583  
File name  
Size  
52  
120  
151  
180  
169  
Date & Time  
LOG File  
TEST1.  
TEST2.  
TEST3.  
LYNGBY1.MCR  
[
02-10-15 17:25  
02-10-10 16:30  
02-10-11 09:25  
02-10-11 20:16  
02-10-13 06:23  
End of Directory  
]
4 Files exist  
1454000 bytes free  
To select : ENTER To view : SPACE To quit : ESC  
Call macro screen  
3. Press the [↓] key to choose a macrofile.  
4. Press the [Enter] key.  
Call Macro: Lyngby1.MCR  
Yes  
No  
Call OK?  
5. Press the [Enter] key to confirm the macrofile selected. The Wait for Free Signal  
indication appears. Your message will be transmitted automatically.  
11-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
12 MAINTENANCE &  
TROUBLESHOOTING  
WARNING  
WARNING  
ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD  
Do not open the equipment.  
Only qualified personnel  
should work inside the  
equipment.  
12.1 Daily Test  
Authorities require that the DSC/watch receiver be checked daily for proper operation to  
ensure that it will function properly in the event of distress. Execute the daily test as below.  
1. At the DSC standby screen, press the [3/TEST] key to start the test.  
2. After several seconds the test results, OK, for normal operation, NG for No Good. For  
NG (No Good) contact your dealer for advice.  
** Daily test **  
** Daily test **  
MAR-27-2002-15:24  
MAIN CPU  
: OK VER. XX*  
: OK VER. XX*  
: OK VER. XX*  
: OK  
RCVR1  
: OK  
: OK  
: OK  
PANEL1  
RCVR2*1  
TRX  
PANEL2*1  
MODEM  
NBDP MODEM : OK  
*: XX = Version No.  
*1: Shown if equipped with  
No. 2 control unit.  
Page 1  
Page 2  
Test results  
3. After the test results  
for the items on  
* = PANEL2 CPU, RCVR2  
printed if equipped  
with no. 2  
control unit.  
** =Version No.  
DAILY TEST  
MAR-27-2002-15:24:00  
page 2 appear, the  
audio alarm sounds,  
the ALARM lamp  
flashes several  
times and then page  
1 of the daily test is  
displayed.  
MMSI:  
MAIN CPU:  
123456789  
OK VER.**  
PANEL1 CPU: OK VER.**  
PANEL2 CPU:* OK VER.**  
NBDP MODEM: OK VER.**  
RCVR1:  
RCVR2:*  
TRX:  
OK  
OK  
OK  
4. If auto printing is  
active, the test  
results are printed. To manually print the test results, press the [8/PRINT] key. Above is  
a sample test results printout.  
5. Press the [CANCEL] key to quit the test and return to the DSC standby screen.  
Note: TEST on the DSC Setup menu is for used by service technicians.  
12-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
12 MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING  
12.2 Radiotelephone Test  
Do the following to check the radiotelephone for proper operation:  
1. At the radiotelephone screen, press the [3/TEST] key to start the test. OK or NG (No  
Good) appears as the test result for each item checked. For NG, contact your dealer  
for advice.  
Tx selfcheck  
PLL : OK  
PA2  
: OK*  
* FS-2570 only  
COMB : OK*  
TX FIL : OK  
COUPL : OK  
RF : OK  
PA1 : OK  
2. Press the [CANCEL] key to quit the test and return to the previously used screen.  
12.3 Antenna Coupler Test  
The CPU and the relays which choose capacitors and coils for tuning can be checked. For  
qualified technicians only.  
DANGER  
HIGH TENSION HAZARD  
Circuits in the antenna  
coupler are still alive at OFF.  
Discharge before servicing.  
1. Open the antenna coupler cover.  
2. Open the shield cover inside the coupler.  
3. Turn on the #2 switch of DIP switch S2.  
4. Press the TUNE switch in the antenna coupler.  
5. 24 LEDs (CR1 to CR24) light one by one every second. Relays trip on with  
corresponding LEDs as below.  
CR1 ON – K1 ON  
CR2 ON – K2 ON  
COUPLER BOARD  
LED  
.
.
.
CR22 ON – K22 ON (CR23 not provided)  
CR24 ON – K24, K25 ON  
6. Turn off the #2 switch of DIP switch S2.  
DIP switch S2  
behind the shield case  
7. Close the cover.  
TUNE SWITCH  
If CPU error is detected, CR1 lights for ROM error, CR2 for RAM error, CR3 for A/D  
converter error. (ROM/RAM/ A/D converter is incorporated in the CPU.)  
12-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
12 MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING  
12.4 Maintenance  
Regular maintenance is vital for maintaining performance. Following the procedures below  
will help keep the equipment in top operating condition.  
Maintenance check points  
Item  
Antenna  
Wire  
Check Point  
Check for physical damage and corrosion.  
Check that the antenna is properly spanned If necessary, re-span antenna.  
and separated sufficiently from metallic  
Remedy/Remarks  
Replace damaged parts.  
antenna  
structures.  
Insulators  
Check for salt water deposits on insulators. Replace damage insulators.  
for antenna  
Check that connection at the lead-in  
insulator is tight and rust-free.  
Remove salt water deposits.  
Clean with fresh water, then dry.  
Remove rust, then tighten bolts  
and lock nuts. Cover metallic  
surface with sealing compound.  
Antenna  
coupler  
•
•
Check condition of antenna terminal,  
ground, coaxial cable and control cable.  
Check that coupler lid and cable glands  
are firmly secure.  
•
•
•
Tighten loosened  
connections.  
Fasten lid firmly and evenly to  
prevent water leakage.  
Replace if damaged.  
•
•
Check for physical damage, corrosion  
and salt water deposits.  
Check ground connection, control cable, • Tighten loosened  
and external equipment.  
Control  
unit  
connections; remove foreign  
material from connectors.  
Remove any objects.  
•
•
Confirm that there are no objects on the  
top of the control unit.  
Remove dust from control unit with soft  
cloth.  
•
•
Wipe the LCD carefully to  
prevent scratching, using  
tissue paper and an LCD  
cleaner. To remove dirt or salt  
deposits, use an LCD cleaner,  
wiping slowly with tissue  
paper so as to dissolve the  
dirt or salt. Change paper  
frequently so the salt or dirt  
will not scratch the LCD.  
Tighten loosened  
Note: Do not use chemical cleaners to  
clean the display unit; they can remove paint  
or markings or deform the equipment.  
Transceiver  
unit  
•
Check connection at signal cable,  
coaxial cable, control cable, power  
cable, and navigator.  
•
connections; remove foreign  
material from connectors.  
•
•
Confirm that there are no objects on the  
top of the cabinet.  
Check that the supply voltage at  
transmission is within the rated range  
(21.6 to 31.2 VDC at the power  
connector).  
•
•
Remove any objects.  
Power  
supply  
If not within the range, call for  
service. Low voltage may  
cause erratic operation.  
12-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
12 MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING  
12.5 Replacement of Fuses  
To protect the FS-1570 from overcurrent and equipment fault, two fuses are provided in  
the PR-300 Power Supply Unit. If a fuse blows, find the cause before replacing it. If it  
blows again after replacement, request service.  
CAUTION  
CAUTION  
Use the proper fuse.  
Use of the wrong fuse can cause serious  
damage to the equipment and void the  
warranty.  
Unit  
Fuse  
Power Supply Unit PR-300  
10 A (100 VAC) or 5A (200 VAC)  
and 20 A (24 VDC)  
PR-300  
FUSE  
100V 10A  
125V 20A  
220V 5A  
ON  
ON  
OFF  
OFF  
-
AC IN  
DC IN  
DC OUT  
L
N
G
+
+
-
24V  
+
-
PR-300  
Note: The Power Supply Unit PR-850A, used with the FS-2570, does not have a fuse but  
a circuit breaker. If the breaker has tripped, find the reason before resetting the  
breaker (upward position).  
BREAKER  
POWER  
ON  
ON  
OFF  
AC INPUT 50/60Hz  
DC OUTPUT  
PR-850A  
12-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
12 MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING  
12.6 Simple Troubleshooting  
The table below provides common problems and the means with which to restore normal  
operation. If normal operation cannot be restored, do not attempt to check inside the  
equipment. Any servicing should be referred to a qualified technician.  
Problem  
Probable cause  
Remedy  
Power cannot be  
turned on.  
•
Mains switchboard may be  
off.  
•
Turn on the mains switchboard.  
•
•
(DC) voltage is too high.  
•
•
Check supply voltage.  
Battery may have  
discharged, or poor contact  
at terminals.  
Recharge battery and tighten battery  
terminals.  
Display  
•
•
Contrast is too low.  
•
•
Operate the [9/ ] key to adjust  
contrast.  
indications do  
not appear but  
key lamps are lit.  
Power is on but  
no sound from  
loudspeaker.  
Loudspeaker is off.  
Operate the [7/ ] key to turn on the  
loudspeaker.  
Poor articulation  
•
•
Wrong class of emission  
may be in use.  
•
•
Class of emission should match that of  
incoming signal.  
Output power  
reduced to LOW  
Power is automatically  
reduced to protect against  
overheating due to  
Wait until the unit returns to normal  
condition.  
continuous transmission.  
Antenna coupler  
cannot tune  
antenna  
•
Antenna may be  
disconnected or shorted to  
ground.  
•
Check antenna connection.  
•
•
•
•
Antenna is out of tunable  
length.  
•
•
Recommended length is 7 to 30  
meters.  
Poor grounding of antenna  
coupler.  
Check coupler ground.  
Breaker in coupler has  
tripped.  
•
•
Checks mains voltage and polarity. If  
normal, reset breaker.  
Connection cable loosened  
or disconnected.  
Check cable.  
12.7 Error Messages  
The table below shows error messages and their meanings.  
Error messages  
Error message  
Busy: RT  
Meaning  
Remedy  
Radiotelephone is in  
operation.  
Wait until the radiotelephone is free.  
Channel Busy  
You attempted to transmit on The message is automatically erased  
a channel which is currently when the channel becomes clear.  
busy. (This occurs with  
12-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
12 MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING  
Routine and Business  
priorities only.)  
EPFS error  
No position data from  
navigator for one minute.  
Press the [CANCEL] key to silence the  
alarm. Check the navigator. If it is  
malfunctioning, manually enter position.  
Incoming  
Incoming DSC call  
Message is automatically cleared when  
DSC signal has gone.  
No position data  
You attempted to enter  
position automatically when  
there is no position data.  
Check the navigator.  
No response: RT  
Radiotelephone not powered Check radiotelephone.  
or has been disconnected.  
Oven cold. Tx not  
ready; wait  
Oven too cold; cannot  
transmit.  
Wait until the oven becomes sufficiently  
warm.  
Printer not ready  
Automatic printed has been Check printer.  
selected; however, printer is  
not powered or has been  
disconnected.  
Trouble: Oven not  
ready  
Oven not ready; cannot  
transmit.  
Wait until the oven is ready.  
TRX PLL UNLOCK  
TRX PLL unlock.  
Transmission is stopped.  
Check if the reference oscillator is  
working and the coaxial cable is tightly  
connected.  
TUNE error  
Tuning failed for DSC or  
NBDP. Transmission (except  
distress) is stopped.  
Try to tune again.  
Warning: Update  
position  
Position data is older by the Press the [CANCEL] key to silence  
amount of time preset on the alarm. Reenter position on the Position  
Alarm menu.  
menu.  
Watchdog error.  
Please Power OFF  
Internal error (such as CPU  
trouble) detected.  
Accompanied with alarm,  
same type as for distress.  
Turn the power off and on to erase the  
message. Have a qualified technician  
check the set.  
WR1 PLL UNLOCK  
WR2 PLL UNLOCK  
WR1, WR2 PLL unlock.  
Transmission is stopped.  
Check if the reference oscillator is  
working and the coaxial cable is tightly  
connected.  
12-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
12 MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING  
12.8 Test Call  
This function sends a test signal to a coast station, over one of six distress and safety  
frequencies. For that reason, it should not be executed unnecessarily. You can prepare a  
test call beforehand (see Chapter 6) or at the moment you intend to send a test call. To  
send a prepared test call, see page 6-9 for the procedure.  
1. Press the [2/DSC] key at the DSC standby screen and then push the [ENTER] knob to  
open the CALL TYPE menu.  
** Compose message **  
INDIVIDUAL  
CALL TYPE  
STATION ID  
PRIORITY  
POLLING  
NEUTRAL  
MEDICAL  
PSTN CALL  
TEST CALL  
ALL SHIPS  
GROUP CALL  
AREA CALL  
POSITION  
Rotate [ENTER]  
knob to scroll.  
COM. TYPE  
COM. FREQ  
DSC FREQ  
RELAY ALL  
RELAY SEL  
DISTRESS  
GO  
2. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose TEST CALL and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
3. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the COAST ID menu.  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE  
COAST ID  
PRIORITY  
: TEST  
000000000  
: SAFETY  
DSC FREQ  
:
2187.5 KHZ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
4. Using the numeric keys, key in the ID of the coast station ID (seven digits) where to  
send the call and then push the [ENTER] knob.  
5. Push the [ENTER] knob to open the DSC FREQ menu. (Note that PRIORITY is  
automatically selected to SAFETY.)  
** Compose message **  
2187.5  
CALL TYPE  
COAST ID  
PRIORITY  
4207.5  
6312.0  
8414.5  
12577.0
16804.5  
DSC FREQ  
KHZ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
12-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
12 MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING  
6. Rotate the [ENTER] knob to choose an appropriate frequency and then push the  
[ENTER] knob. The display changes as below.  
** Compose message **  
CALL TYPE  
COAST ID  
PRIORITY  
: TEST  
:
001234567  
: SAFETY  
DSC FREQ  
:
2187.5 KHZ  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
7. Press the [CALL] key to send the test call (transmission time: about seven seconds).  
The display shows "Test call in progress!" while the test call is being transmitted.  
Test  
call in progress!  
TO COAST  
SAFETY  
:
001234567  
DSC FREQ  
:
:
2187.5 KHZ  
7S  
TIME TO GO  
8. After the test call has been sent, the following message appears.  
Waiting for test  
acknowledgement.  
FROM COAST : 001234567  
SAFETY  
DSC FREQ  
:
2187.5 KHZ  
4M12S  
TIME TO GO :  
9. One of the following displays appears. (“No response! Try calling again?” appears  
when the timer counts down to zero, meaning no response from coast station.)  
Test acknowledge  
call received.  
No response!  
Try calling again?  
FROM COAST:  
SAFETY  
001234567  
FROM COAST:  
SAFETY  
001234567  
NO INFORMATION  
DSC FREQ  
:
2187.5 KHZ  
STOP ALARM  
CALL AGAIN  
Test acknowledge received  
No response to test call  
10.Do one of the following depending on the message shown in step 9.  
12-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
12 MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING  
Test acknowledge call received  
The audio alarm sounds; press the [CANCEL] key to silence the alarm. The display  
changes as below.  
Received message  
*
*
MAR-23-2002-23:59  
ECC : OK  
TEST ACKNOWLEDGEMENT  
FROM COAST : 001234567  
SAFETY  
NO INFORMATION  
GO TO ALL VIEW  
No response! Try calling again?  
Re-send call: Push the [ENTER] knob and then press the [CALL] key.  
Cancel call: Press the [CANCEL] key to return to the DSC standby screen.  
12.9 NBDP Terminal Unit Maintenance  
Regular maintenance is important for good performance. A regular maintenance program  
should be established and should at least include the items mentioned below.  
12.9.1 Cleaning the equipment  
Wipe of accumulated dust from the terminal unit with a soft cloth. Wipe the LCD carefully  
to prevent scratching, using tissue paper and an LCD cleaner. To remove dirt or salt  
deposits, use an LCD cleaner, wiping slowly with tissue paper so as to dissolve the dirt or  
salt. Change paper frequently so the salt or dirt will not scratch the LCD. Do not use  
solvents such as thinner, acetone or benzene for cleaning; they can remove paint and  
marks or deform the equipment.  
12.9.2 Connectors and earth connection  
Periodically check the connectors for proper seating and the earth connection for rust.  
Remove rust to maintain a good ground system.  
12.9.3 Floppy disk drive  
Foreign material on the floppy disk drive head can scratch the magnetic material in the  
floppy, resulting in loss of data. Clean the floppy disk drive head regularly with a floppy  
disk drive cleaning disk to prevent erasure of information stored on disks.  
12-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
12 MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING  
12.9.4 Diagnostics  
General diagnostics  
1. Press the function key [F6] to display the System menu.  
System  
Setup  
Lock Change Default  
Slave Delay  
8 msec (0- 50 msec)  
TX/RX MSG Save  
Edit Before sending  
OFF O N  
OFF O N  
Time System  
Time & Date  
Display Mode*  
Self Test  
OFF UTC SMT JST  
2002/10/16 10:00:00  
Normal Reverse  
* = Window Color shown on IB-583.  
System menu  
2. Choose Change from Setup.  
3. Choose Self Test (at the bottom of the screen).  
4. Press the [Enter] key. The results of the self test are displayed a short time later.  
Selftest  
Terminal Unit Test : ver. X.XX  
:OK  
:OK  
:OK  
:OK  
:OK  
:OK  
IB-58X  
MAIN Board  
Main Unit Test  
Modem Unit Test  
Radio Unit Test  
DSC Unit Test  
: ver. X.XX  
: ver. X.XX  
: ID FS1570*1  
: ID FS1570*1  
NBDP Modem  
Printer Unit Test*2:  
X.XX = Version No.  
*1: Or FS2570  
*2: "NG" and "Printer not ready" when printer is off or  
is abnormal.  
Self test results  
The test results are shown as OK or NG (No Good). For any NG, try the self test again. If it  
appears again, call for service. When the test is completed, the message “Selftest  
Completed. Press any key to escape.” appears.  
12-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
12 MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING  
Tone test  
1. Choose Self Test from the System Menu as shown in paragraph 12.8.4.  
2. While pressing and holding down the [Shift] key, press the [↓] key to show the Tone  
Test menu.  
Tone Test  
1: Tone Test 1 (All Char)  
2: Tone Test 2 (Fox)  
3: Tone Test 3 (Beta)  
4: Tone Test 4 (Mark)  
5: Tone Test 5 (Space)  
6: Tone Test 6 (BY)  
Tone test menu  
3. Choose a test and press the [Enter] key. You may stop a tone test at anytime by  
pressing the [Enter] key.  
Tone test 1 (All characters)  
This test checks for proper transmission of all figures, letters and codes. To conduct the  
test, call a station in the ARQ or FEC mode. Execute the test, confirming that all  
characters are transmitted correctly. "Now testing Tone Test 1" appears during the testing.  
Since the test is conducted continuously, you may press the [Esc] key twice followed by  
the [F10] key to stop the test and return to the tone test menu.  
1:File 2:Edit 3:Operate 4:Window 5:Station 6:System 7:WRU 8:HR 9:Over 10:Break  
196System:5.5  
Lock Change Default  
: Connect Send
Cas n
Station Name  
Frequency (T/R) :  
Comm Status  
:
Setup  
/
Now Testing Tone Test 1 (All Char).  
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ1234567890-?:().,'=/+abcdefghijklmnopqrstuv  
wxyz  
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ1234567890-?:().,'=/+abcdefghijklmnopqrstuv  
wxyz  
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ  
Tone test  
12-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
12 MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING  
Tone test 2 (Fox)  
This test (continuously) checks for proper transmission of the test message THE QUICK  
BROWN FOX JUMPS OVER THE LAZY DOG 0123456789. To conduct the test, call a  
station by using the ARQ or FEC mode.  
Tone test 3 (Beta)  
You may check for proper transmission of the idle signal β. Call up a station using the  
ARQ mode.  
Tone test 4 (Mark)  
This test outputs the mark signal through the LINE OUT terminal, where a frequency  
counter may be connected, to confirm its frequency (1615 Hz).  
Tone test 5 (Space)  
Tone test 5 verifies the space signal frequency (1785 Hz).  
Tone test 6 (BY)  
This test verifies the frequency of the space B (1785 Hz) and the mark Y (1615 Hz), using  
a spectrum analyzer.  
12-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX  
Menu Tree  
DSC/watch receiver  
INTERNAL AUDIO ALARM  
ALARM  
[#/SETUP] key  
(Pressed at  
DSC standby  
screen.)  
RCVD CALL (OFF, ON)  
OLD POSITION (OFF, ON)  
POSITION OLDER (4.0, 3.0, 2.0, 1.0, 0.5 H)  
EXT ALARM (DSTRS/URG, ROUTINE, ALL, OFF)  
AUTO ACK  
ERASE  
COMPLY TYPE (UNABLE, ABLE)  
UNABLE REASON (NO REASON, BUSY, EQUIP DISABLE,  
MODE NOT USABLE, CH NOT USABLE)  
POSITION CALL (OFF, ON)  
Default settings  
in boldface italic.  
POLLING CALL (OFF, ON)  
RCVD ORDINARY LOG  
RCVD DISTRESS LOG  
TRANSMITTED LOG  
SEND MESSAGE  
MESSAGE  
POSITION  
INPUT TYPE (AUTO, MANUAL)  
LAT  
LON  
TIME  
PRINT OUT  
XMIT CALL (AUTO, MANUAL)  
RCVD CALL (AUTO, MANUAL)  
DAILY TEST (AUTO, MANUAL)  
SCAN FREQ  
VOLUME  
Selects DSC frequencies to scan.  
KEY CLICK (OFF, ON)  
HANDSET (0-63, 32)  
ORDINARY ALARM (0-63, 8)  
DISTRESS ALARM (8-63, 8)  
TEST (For technicians)  
SYSTEM (For technicians)  
[LOG/TUNE] key  
RECEIVED ORDINARY  
RECEIVED DISTRESS  
TRANSMITTED  
AP-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX  
Radiotelephone  
[#/SETUP] key  
(Pressed at  
radiotelephone  
screen.)  
NB (OFF, ON)  
SQ FREQ (500-2000 Hz, 800 Hz )  
Default settings  
in boldface italic.  
FAX RX ENABLE (OFF, ON)  
VOLUME INPUT (NORMAL, EASY)  
USER CH (Set up user channels.)  
OFFHOOKED (OFF, ON)  
SYSTEM (Display system settings.)  
AP-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX  
NBDP terminal unit (telex)  
Default settings in boldface italic.  
F1: File  
F5: Station  
1: New  
1: Station Entry  
2: Open  
2: Timer Operation Entry  
3: Scan Entry  
3: Close  
4: Delete  
4: User Channel Entry  
5: Answerback Code Entry  
6: Group ID Entry (4/5 digit)  
7: Group ID Entry (9 digit)  
8: Select ID Entry (4/5 digit)  
9: Select ID Entry (9 digit)  
5: Rename  
6: Real Time Printing  
7: File to Print  
8: Cancel Priniting  
9: Clear Buffer  
0: Floppy Disk Format  
F2: Edit  
F6: System  
1: Undo  
Setup (Lock, Change, Default)  
2: Cut  
Slave Delay (0-50 msec, 8)  
3: Copy  
TX/RX MSG Save (OFF, ON)  
Edit Before Sending (OFF, ON)  
Time System (OFF, UTC, SMT, JST)  
Time & Date  
4: Paste  
5: Select All  
6: Search  
7: Replace  
8: Goto Top  
9: Goto Bottom  
0: Goto Line  
A: Change Text  
Display Mode (IB-581) (Normal, Reverse)  
Window Color  
Change  
Window  
Window  
Color  
BASE WINDOW, BACK SCROLL,  
EDIT 1-3, FUNCTION, SUB MENU 1-3,  
MESSAGE.Function, SUB Menu 1,  
SUB Menu 2, SUB Menu 3, SUB Menu 4,  
Message, Base Window  
L-WHITE, YELLOW,  
(IB-583)  
Setup  
Fore Color  
Back Color  
F3: Operate  
L-MAGENTA, L-RED,  
L-CYAN, L-GREEN,  
1: Call Station  
2: Macro Operation  
3: File to Send  
L-BLUE, GRAY,  
WHITE, BROWN,  
4: Cancel Sending  
5: Scan (Start/Stop)  
6: Manual Reception  
7: Timer Operation  
8: Manual Calling  
9: Set Frequency  
MAGENTA, RED,  
CYAN, GREEN,  
BLUE, BLACK  
Default Color (Yes, No)  
F4: Window  
1: Calendar  
Self Test  
2: Distress Frequency Table  
F7: WRU (Who are you?)  
F8: HR (Here is)  
F9: Over  
F10: Break  
AP-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX  
Frequency Tables  
DSC frequency table  
TX (kHz)  
2187.5  
RX (kHz)  
Remarks  
File Name  
2187.5  
4207.5  
6312.0  
8414.5  
12577.0  
16804.5  
455.5  
4207.5  
6312.0  
Distress and  
Safety Frequencies  
8414.5  
12577.0  
16804.5  
458.5  
INTL-0.4M  
2189.5(2177.0*)  
4208.0  
2177.0  
4219.5  
6331.0  
8436.5  
12657.0  
16903.0  
19703.5  
22444.0  
26121.0  
4220.0  
6331.5  
8437.0  
12657.5  
16903.5  
19704.0  
22444.5  
26121.5  
4220.5  
6332.0  
8437.5  
12658.0  
16904.0  
19704.5  
22445.0  
26122.0  
INTL-2M  
INTL-4M  
6312.5  
INTL-6M  
8415.0  
INTL-8M  
International  
Frequencies  
12577.5  
16805.0  
18898.5  
22374.5  
25208.5  
4208.5  
INTL-12M  
INTL-16M  
INTL-18M  
INTL-22M  
INTL-25M  
LOCAL1-4M  
LOCAL1-6M  
LOCAL1-8M  
LOCAL1-12M  
LOCAL1-16M  
LOCAL1-18M  
LOCAL1-22M  
LOCAL1-25M  
LOCAL2-4M  
LOCAL2-6M  
LOCAL2-8M  
LOCAL2-12M  
LOCAL2-16M  
LOCAL2-18M  
LOCAL2-22M  
LOCAL2-25M  
6313.0  
8415.5  
12578.0  
16805.5  
18899.0  
22375.0  
25209.0  
4209.0  
Local-1  
Frequencies  
6313.5  
8416.0  
12578.5  
16806.0  
18899.5  
22375.5  
25209.5  
* = Ship-to-ship  
Local-2  
Frequencies  
AP-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX  
Custom channels (to be programmed by FURUNO dealers)  
CH NO  
Ship Receive (kHz)  
Ship Transmit (kHz)  
Remarks  
AP-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX  
MF band working carrier frequencies (ref. US CFR 47 Part 80.371)  
Ship Transmit  
(kHz)  
Ship Receive  
(kHz)  
Ship Transmit  
(kHz)  
Ship Receive  
(kHz)  
Region  
East Coast  
Region  
Gulf Coast  
2031.5  
2118.0  
2126.0  
2142.0  
2166.0  
2198.0  
2366.0  
2382.0  
2390.0  
2400.0  
2406.0  
2003.0  
2009.0  
2009.0  
2031.5  
2126.0  
2206.0  
2382.0  
2430.0  
2490.0  
2514.0  
2522.0  
2538.0  
2558.0  
2590.0  
2450.0  
2482.0  
2566.0  
2400.0  
2506.0  
2450.0  
2442.0  
2566.0  
2566.0  
2522.0  
2598.0  
2466.0  
2482.0  
2009.0  
2134.0  
2142.0  
2158.01  
2166.0  
2206.0  
2366.0  
2382.0  
2430.0  
2458.0  
2118.0  
2158.0  
2206.0  
2131.0  
2134.0  
2240.0  
2134.0  
2009.0  
2086.03  
2134.0  
2009.0  
2466.0  
2530.0  
2538.0  
2550.0  
2558.0  
2598.0  
2450.0  
2482.0  
2572.0  
2506.0  
2514.0  
2550.0  
2582.0  
2309.0  
2312.0  
2400.0  
2530.0  
2506.0  
2585.0  
2530.0  
2506.0  
2
Great Lakes  
Alaska  
West Coast  
Hawaii  
Caribbean  
Guam  
Above frequencies are not programmed. Contact a FURUNO representative.  
1 = Unlimited use December 15 to April 1  
2 = 2206 kHz for distress only  
3 = Limited to pep of 150 W.  
AP-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX  
MF band SSB working carrier frequencies  
Ship Receive  
(kHz)  
1635  
1638  
1641  
1644  
1647  
1650  
1653  
1656  
1659  
1662  
1665  
1668  
1671  
1674  
1677  
1680  
1683  
1686  
1689  
1692  
1695  
1698  
1701  
1704  
1707  
1710  
1713  
1716  
1719  
1722  
Ship Transmit  
(kHz)  
2060  
2063  
2066  
2069  
2072  
2075  
2078  
2081  
2084  
2087  
2090  
2093  
2096  
2099  
2102  
2105  
2108  
2111  
2114  
2117  
2120  
2123  
2126  
2129  
2132  
2135  
2138  
2060  
2063  
2066  
Ship Receive  
(kHz)  
1725  
1728  
1731  
1734  
1737  
1740  
1743  
1746  
1749  
1752  
1755  
1758  
1761  
1764  
1767  
1770  
1773  
1776  
1779  
1782  
1785  
1788  
1791  
1794  
1797  
Ship Transmit  
CH NO  
CH NO  
(kHz)  
2069  
2072  
2075  
2078  
2081  
2084  
2087  
2090  
2093  
2096  
2099  
2102  
2105  
2108  
2111  
2114  
2117  
2120  
2123  
2126  
2129  
2132  
2135  
2138  
2060  
241  
242  
243  
244  
245  
246  
247  
248  
249  
250  
251  
252  
253  
254  
255  
256  
257  
258  
259  
260  
261  
262  
263  
264  
265  
266  
267  
268  
269  
270  
271  
272  
273  
274  
275  
276  
277  
278  
279  
280  
281  
282  
283  
284  
285  
286  
287  
288  
289  
290  
291  
292  
293  
294  
295  
AP-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX  
4/6 MHz ITU SSB carrier frequencies (ITU RR Appendix 16)  
4 MHz SSB (J3E)  
Ship RX  
4357  
6 MHz SSB (J3E)  
Ship RX  
6501  
ITU CH NO  
401  
Ship TX  
4065  
4068  
4071  
4074  
4077  
4080  
4083  
4086  
4089  
4092  
4095  
4098  
ITU CH NO  
601  
Ship TX  
6200  
6203  
6206  
6209  
6212  
6215  
6218  
6221  
6224  
6227  
6230  
402  
403  
404  
405  
406  
407  
408  
409  
4360  
4363  
4366  
4369  
4372  
4375  
4378  
4381  
602  
603  
604  
605  
606  
607  
608  
609  
6504  
6507  
6510  
6513  
6516  
6519  
6522  
6224  
410  
411  
412  
4384  
4387  
4390  
610  
611  
6227  
6230  
These frequencies are factory programmed.  
413  
414  
415  
416  
417  
418  
419  
420  
4393  
4396  
4399  
4402  
4405  
4408  
4411  
4414  
4101  
4104  
4107  
4110  
4113  
4116  
4119  
4122  
421  
422  
423  
424  
425  
426  
427  
428  
429  
4417  
4420  
4423  
4426  
4429  
4432  
4435  
4351  
4354  
4146  
4149  
4000  
4003  
4006  
4009  
4012  
4015  
4125  
4128  
4131  
4134  
4137  
4140  
4143  
4351  
4354  
4146  
4149  
4000  
4003  
4006  
4009  
4012  
4015  
430  
431  
432 (01)  
433 (02)  
434 (03)  
435 (04)  
436 (05)  
437 (06)  
CH NOs in ( ) are ITU NOs (RR Section C-1).  
438 (07)  
439 (08)  
440 (09)  
4018  
4021  
4024  
4018  
4021  
4024  
441 (10)  
442 (11)  
443 (12)  
444 (13)  
445 (14)  
446 (15)  
447 (16)  
448 (17)  
449 (18)  
450 (19)  
451 (20)  
452 (21)  
4027  
4030  
4033  
4036  
4039  
4042  
4045  
4048  
4051  
4054  
4057  
4060  
4027  
4030  
4033  
4036  
4039  
4042  
4045  
4048  
4051  
4054  
4057  
4060  
AP-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX  
8 MHz ITU SSB carrier frequencies (ITU RR Appendix 16)  
8 MHz SSB (J3E) - Duplex  
ITU CH NO  
8 MHz SSB (J3E) - Simplex  
(ITU CH NO) Ship TX  
Ship RX  
8719  
8722  
8725  
8728  
8731  
8734  
8737  
8740  
8743  
8746  
8749  
8752  
8755  
8758  
8761  
8764  
8767  
8770  
8773  
8776  
8779  
8782  
8785  
8788  
8791  
8794  
8797  
8800  
8803  
8806  
8809  
8812  
8291  
8707  
8710  
8713  
8716  
Ship TX  
8195  
8198  
8201  
8204  
8207  
8210  
8213  
8216  
8219  
8222  
8225  
8228  
8231  
8234  
8237  
8240  
8243  
8246  
8249  
8252  
8255  
8258  
8261  
8264  
8267  
8270  
8273  
8276  
8279  
8282  
8285  
8288  
8291  
8707  
8710  
8713  
8716  
Ship RX  
8101  
8104  
8107  
8110  
8113  
8116  
8119  
8122  
8125  
8128  
8131  
8134  
8137  
8140  
8143  
8146  
8149  
8152  
8155  
8158  
8161  
8164  
8167  
8170  
8173  
8176  
8179  
8182  
8185  
8188  
8191  
801  
802  
803  
804  
805  
806  
807  
808  
809  
810  
811  
812  
813  
814  
815  
816  
817  
818  
819  
820  
821  
822  
823  
824  
825  
826  
827  
828  
829  
830  
831  
832  
833  
834  
835  
836  
837  
840 (01)  
841 (02)  
842 (03)  
843 (04)  
844 (05)  
845 (06)  
846 (07)  
847 (08)  
848 (09)  
849 (10)  
850 (11)  
851 (12)  
852 (13)  
853 (14)  
854 (15)  
855 (16)  
856 (17)  
857 (18)  
858 (19)  
859 (20)  
860 (21)  
861 (22)  
862 (23)  
863 (24)  
864 (25)  
865 (26)  
866 (27)  
867 (28)  
868 (29)  
869 (30)  
870 (31)  
8101  
8104  
8107  
8110  
8113  
8116  
8119  
8122  
8125  
8128  
8131  
8134  
8137  
8140  
8143  
8146  
8149  
8152  
8155  
8158  
8161  
8164  
8167  
8170  
8173  
8176  
8179  
8182  
8185  
8188  
8191  
CH NOs in ( ) are ITU NOs (RR Section C-1).  
838  
839  
8294  
8297  
8294  
8297  
AP-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX  
12/16 ITU SSB carrier frequencies (ITU RR Appendix 16)  
12 MHz SSB (J3E)  
CH NO. SHIP TX  
16 MHz SSB (J3E)  
CH NO. SHIP TX  
16 MHz SSB (J3E)  
SHIP RX  
13077  
13080  
13083  
13086  
13089  
13092  
13095  
13098  
13101  
13104  
13107  
13110  
13113  
13116  
13119  
13122  
13125  
13128  
13131  
13134  
13137  
13140  
13143  
13146  
13149  
13152  
13155  
13158  
13161  
13164  
13167  
13170  
13173  
13176  
13179  
13182  
13185  
13188  
13191  
13194  
13197  
12353  
12356  
12359  
12362  
12365  
SHIP RX  
17242  
17245  
17248  
17251  
17254  
17257  
17260  
17263  
17266  
17269  
17272  
17275  
17278  
17281  
17284  
17287  
17290  
17293  
17296  
17299  
17302  
17305  
17308  
17311  
17314  
17317  
17320  
17323  
17326  
17329  
17332  
17335  
17338  
17341  
17344  
17347  
17350  
17353  
17356  
17359  
17362  
17365  
17368  
17371  
17374  
17377  
17380  
17383  
17386  
17389  
CH NO.  
SHIP RX  
17392  
17395  
17398  
17401  
17404  
17407  
16528  
16531  
16534  
16537  
16540  
16543  
16546  
SHIP TX  
1201  
1202  
1203  
1204  
1205  
1206  
1207  
1208  
1209  
1210  
1211  
1212  
1213  
1214  
1215  
1216  
1217  
1218  
1219  
1220  
1221  
1222  
1223  
1224  
1225  
1226  
1227  
1228  
1229  
1230  
1231  
1232  
1233  
1234  
1235  
1236  
1237  
1238  
1239  
1240  
1241  
1242  
1243  
1244  
1245  
1246  
12230  
12233  
12236  
12239  
12242  
12245  
12248  
12251  
12254  
12257  
12260  
12263  
12266  
12269  
12272  
12275  
12278  
12281  
12284  
12287  
12290  
12293  
12296  
12299  
12302  
12305  
12308  
12311  
12314  
12317  
12320  
12323  
12326  
12329  
12332  
12335  
12338  
12341  
12344  
12347  
12350  
12353  
12356  
12359  
12362  
12365  
1601  
1602  
1603  
1604  
1605  
1606  
1607  
1608  
1609  
1610  
1611  
1612  
1613  
1614  
1615  
1616  
1617  
1618  
1619  
1620  
1621  
1622  
1623  
1624  
1625  
1626  
1627  
1628  
1629  
1630  
1631  
1632  
1633  
1634  
1635  
1636  
1637  
1638  
1639  
1640  
1641  
1642  
1643  
1644  
1645  
1646  
1647  
1648  
1649  
1650  
16360  
16363  
16366  
16369  
16372  
16375  
16378  
16381  
16384  
16387  
16390  
16393  
16396  
16399  
16402  
16405  
16408  
16411  
16414  
16417  
16420  
16423  
16426  
16429  
16432  
16435  
16438  
16441  
16444  
16447  
16450  
16453  
16456  
16459  
16462  
16465  
16468  
16471  
16474  
16477  
16480  
16483  
16486  
16489  
16492  
16495  
16498  
16501  
16504  
16507  
1651  
1652  
1653  
1654  
1655  
1656  
1657  
1658  
1659  
1660  
1661  
1662  
1663  
16510  
16513  
16516  
16519  
16522  
16525  
16528  
16531  
16534  
16537  
16540  
16543  
16546  
Above is factory programmed.  
AP-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX  
18/19, 22, 25/26 ITU SSB carrier frequencies (ITU RR Appendix 16)  
18/19 MHz SSB (J3E)  
CH NO. SHIP TX  
22 MHz SSB (J3E)  
CH NO. SHIP TX  
22 MHz SSB (J3E)  
SHIP RX  
19755  
19758  
19761  
19764  
19767  
19770  
19773  
19776  
19779  
19782  
19785  
19788  
19791  
19794  
19797  
18825  
18828  
18831  
18834  
18837  
18840  
18843  
SHIP RX  
22696  
22699  
22702  
22705  
22708  
22711  
22714  
22717  
22720  
22723  
22726  
22729  
22732  
22735  
22738  
22741  
22744  
22747  
22750  
22753  
22756  
22759  
22762  
22765  
22768  
22771  
22774  
22777  
22780  
22783  
22786  
22789  
22792  
22795  
22798  
22801  
22804  
22807  
22810  
22813  
22816  
22819  
22822  
22825  
22828  
22831  
22834  
22837  
22840  
22843  
CH NO.  
2251  
2252  
2253  
2254  
2255  
2256  
2257  
2258  
2259  
2260  
SHIP RX  
22846  
22849  
22852  
22159  
22162  
22165  
22168  
22171  
22174  
22177  
SHIP TX  
22150  
22153  
22156  
22159  
22162  
22165  
22168  
22171  
22174  
22177  
1801  
1802  
1803  
1804  
1805  
1806  
1807  
1808  
1809  
1810  
1811  
1812  
1813  
1814  
1815  
1816  
1817  
1818  
1819  
1820  
1821  
1822  
18780  
18783  
18786  
18789  
18792  
18795  
18798  
18801  
18804  
18807  
18810  
18813  
18816  
18819  
18822  
18825  
18828  
18831  
18834  
18837  
18840  
18843  
2201  
2202  
2203  
2204  
2205  
2206  
2207  
2208  
2209  
2210  
2211  
2212  
2213  
2214  
2215  
2216  
2217  
2218  
2219  
2220  
2221  
2222  
2223  
2224  
2225  
2226  
2227  
2228  
2229  
2230  
2231  
2232  
2233  
2234  
2235  
2236  
2237  
2238  
2239  
2240  
2241  
2242  
2243  
2244  
2245  
2246  
2247  
2248  
2249  
2250  
22000  
22003  
22006  
22009  
22012  
22015  
22018  
22021  
22024  
22027  
22030  
22033  
22036  
22039  
22042  
22045  
22048  
22051  
22054  
22057  
22060  
22063  
22066  
22069  
22072  
22075  
22078  
22081  
22084  
22087  
22090  
22093  
22096  
22099  
22102  
22105  
22108  
22111  
22114  
22117  
22120  
22123  
22126  
22129  
22132  
22135  
22138  
22141  
22144  
22147  
25/26 MHz SSB (J3E)  
CH NO Ship TX  
Ship RX  
26145  
26148  
26151  
26154  
26157  
26160  
26163  
26166  
26169  
26172  
25100  
25103  
25106  
25109  
25112  
25115  
25118  
2501  
2502  
2503  
2504  
2505  
2506  
2507  
2508  
2509  
2510  
2511  
2512  
2513  
2514  
2515  
2516  
2517  
25070  
25073  
25076  
25079  
25082  
25085  
25088  
25091  
25094  
25097  
25100  
25103  
25106  
25109  
25112  
25115  
25118  
AP-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX  
MF band telex frequency table  
Ship Transmit  
(NBDP, DSC)  
Ship Receive  
(NBDP, DSC)  
CH NO.  
201  
202  
203  
204  
205  
2142.0  
2142.5  
2143.0  
2143.5  
2144.0  
1607.0  
1607.5  
1608.0  
1608.5  
1609.0  
206  
207  
208  
209  
210  
2144.5  
2145.0  
2145.5  
2146.0  
2146.5  
1609.5  
1610.0  
1610.5  
1611.0  
1611.5  
211  
212  
213  
214  
215  
2147.0  
2147.5  
2148.0  
2148.5  
2149.0  
1612.0  
1612.5  
1613.0  
1613.5  
1614.0  
NBDP/DSC  
216  
217  
218  
219  
220  
2149.5  
2150.0  
2150.5  
2151.0  
2151.5  
1614.5  
1615.0  
1615.5  
1616.0  
1616.5  
221  
222  
223  
224  
225  
2152.0  
2152.5  
2153.0  
2153.5  
2154.0  
1617.0  
1617.5  
1618.0  
1618.5  
1619.0  
226  
227  
228  
229  
230  
2154.5  
2155.0  
2155.5  
2156.0  
2156.5  
1619.5  
1620.0  
1620.5  
1621.0  
1621.5  
231  
232  
233  
234  
235  
2157.0  
2157.5  
2158.0  
2158.5  
2159.0  
1622.0  
1622.5  
1623.0  
1623.5  
1624.0  
DSC  
236  
2159.5  
1624.5  
AP-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX  
ITU Telex frequency table (1/4)  
IXFRQUNCYTABLE(1/4)  
AP-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX  
ITU Telex frequency table (2/4)  
IXFRQUNCYTABLE(2/4)  
AP-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX  
ITU Telex frequency table (3/4)  
IXFRQUNCYTABLE(3/4)  
AP-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX  
ITU Telex frequency table (4/4)  
IXFRQUNCYTABLE(/4)  
AP-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX  
Telex Abbreviations  
Abbreviation  
Meaning  
ADV  
ACK  
AGN  
BI (GS)  
BK  
Advise  
Acknowledge  
Again  
Good bye  
I cut off.  
CFM  
COL  
Confirm  
Collation  
CRV  
DER  
DWN  
EEE  
How do you receive?  
Out of order  
Down  
Error  
FM  
From  
GA  
Go ahead.  
Minutes  
Wait (Waiting)  
Mutilated  
MNS  
MOM  
MUTI  
NA  
Correspondence to this subscriber is not admitted.  
NC  
No circuits  
NCH  
NP  
Subscriber's number has been changed.  
The called party is not or no longer is a subscriber.  
NR  
Indicate your call number.  
OCC  
OK  
Subscriber is engaged.  
Agreed.  
P (or 0)  
PLS (PSE)  
PPR  
Stop your transmission.  
Please  
Paper  
R (RCD)  
RAP  
Received  
I will call you again.  
RD  
Read  
RE  
Referrring to  
RPT  
Repeat  
SRY  
Sorry  
SVP  
Please  
TAX  
What is the charge?  
TEST MSG  
THRU  
TKS (TNX)  
TLX  
Please send a test message?  
You are in communication with telex position  
Thanks  
Telex  
AP-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX  
Digital Interface (IEC 61162-1)  
1. I/O Sentences  
Input sentences (IEC 61162-1)  
RMA, RMC, GLL, GGA, ZDA  
Input sentence description  
GGA - Global positioning system(GPS) fix data  
$--GGA,hhmmss.ss,llll.lll,a,yyyyy.yyy,a,x,xx,x.x,x.x,M,x.x,M,x.x,xxxx*hh<CR><LF>  
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| | |  
| | |  
| | |  
| | |  
| | |  
| | |  
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |  
| |  
|
|
|
+-- 11  
| | +---- 10  
| +--------- 9  
| +---+------------ 8  
+---+------------------ 7  
| | | +------------------------- 6  
| | +---------------------------- 5  
| +------------------------------- 4  
+----+--------------------------------- 3  
+---+--------------------------------------------- 2  
+------------------------------------------------------------- 1  
1. UTC of position  
2. Latitude, N/S  
3. Longitude, E/W  
4. GPS quality indicator  
5. Number of satllite in use,00-12, may be different from the number in view  
6. Horizontal dilution of precision  
7. Antenna altitude above/below mean sealevel, m  
8. Geoidal separation, m  
9. Age of differential GPS data  
10. Differential reference station ID, 0000-1023  
11. Checksum  
AP-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX  
GLL - Geographic position - latitude/longitude  
$--GLL,llll.lll,a,yyyyy.yyy,a,hhmmss.ss,A,a*hh<CR><LF>  
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| | |  
| | +------- 6  
| +--------- 5  
+----------- 4  
+---------------- 3  
+------+----------------------- 2  
+---+----------------------------------- 1  
1. Latitude, N/S  
2. Longitude, E/W  
3. UTC of position  
4. Status: A=data valid, V=data invalid  
5. Mode indicator(see note)  
6. Checksum  
NOTE Positioning system Mode indicator:  
A = Autonomous  
D = Differential  
E = Estimated (dead reckoning)  
M = Manual input  
S = Simulator  
N = Data not valid  
The Mode indicator field supplements the Status field. The Status field shall be  
set to V=invalid for all values of Operating Mode except for A=Autonomous and  
D=Differential. The positioning system Mode indicator and Status field shall not  
be null fields.  
ZDA - Time and date  
$--ZDA,hhmmss.ss,xx,xx,xxxx,xx,xx*hh<CR><LF>  
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |  
| |  
| |  
| |  
|
|
|
| | |  
| | +--------- 7  
| +----------- 6  
| +-------------- 5  
| | +------------------ 4  
| +---------------------- 3  
+------------------------- 2  
+--------------------------------- 1  
1. UTC  
2. Day, 01 to 31(UTC)  
3. Month, 01 to 12(UTC)  
4. Year(UTC)  
5. Local zone hours, 00h to +-13h  
6. Local zone minutes, 00 to +59  
as local hours  
7. Checksum  
AP-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX  
RMA - Recommended minimum specific LORAN-C data  
$--RMA,A,llll.lll,a,yyyyy.yy,a,x.x,x.x,x.x,x.x,x.x,a,a*hh<CR><LF>  
| |  
| |  
| |  
| |  
| |  
| |  
| |  
| |  
| |  
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |  
| |  
| |  
| |  
| |  
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| | | | |  
| | | | +------- 10  
| | | +--------- 9  
| +---+----------- 8  
| +------------------ 7  
| | | +---------------------- 6  
| | +-------------------------- 5  
| +------------------------------ 4  
+----+--------------------------------- 3  
| +---+-------------------------------------------- 2  
+------------------------------------------------------- 1  
1. Status: A=data valid, V=blink, cycle or SNR warning  
2. Latitude, degrees N/S  
3. Longitude, degrees E/W  
4. Time difference A, microseconds  
5. Time difference B, microseconds  
6. Speed over ground, knots  
7. Course over ground, degrees true  
8. Magnetic variation(see note 1),degree E/W  
9. Mode indicator(see note 2)  
10. Checksum  
NOTE 1 - Easterly variation(E) subtracts from true course  
Westerly variation(W) adds to true course  
NOTE 2 Positioning system Mode indicator:  
A = Autonomous  
D = Differential  
E = Estimated (dead reckoning)  
M = Manual input  
S = Simulator  
N = Data not valid  
The Mode indicator field supplements the Status field. The Status field  
shall be set to V=invalid for all values of Operating Mode except for  
A=Autonomous and D=Differential. The positioning system Mode indicator  
and Status field shall not be null fields.  
AP-20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX  
RMC - Recommended minimum specific GPS/TRANSIT data  
$--RMC,hhmmss.ss,A,llll.lll,a,yyyyy.yyy,a,x.x,x.x,xxxxxx,x.x,a,a*hh<CR><LF>  
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| | | |  
| | | +--- 10  
| | +----- 9  
+--+------- 8  
+--------------- 7  
| +--------------------- 6  
| +------------------------- 5  
+---+---------------------------- 4  
+---+---------------------------------------- 3  
+--------------------------------------------------- 2  
+---------------------------------------------------------- 1  
1. UTC of position fix  
2. Status: A=data valid, V=navigation receiver warning  
3. Latitude, N/S  
4. Longitude, E/W  
5. Speed over ground, knots  
6. Course over ground, degrees true  
7. Date: dd/mm/yy  
8. Magnetic variation, degrees E/W  
9. Mode indicator(see note)  
10. Checksum  
NOTE Positioning system Mode indicator:  
A = Autonomous  
D = Differential  
E = Estimated (dead reckoning)  
M = Manual input  
S = Simulator  
N = Data not valid  
The Mode indicator field supplements the Status field. The Status field  
shall be set to V=invalid for all values of Operating Mode except for  
A=Autonomous and D=Differential. The positioning system Mode indicator  
and Status field shall not be null fields.  
AP-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX  
2. Schematic diagram  
T-IF BOARD  
05P0731  
MOTHER BOARD  
T-CPU BOARD  
05P0732  
S2  
05P0742(FS-1570)  
05P0743(FS-2570)  
OPEN: IEC 61162-1 (NMEA 0183)  
SHORT: CIF  
IEC 61162-1  
TB6  
J3  
< 41  
J1  
>
P201  
P301  
R58  
R59  
R59 CR11  
1
R60  
4
5
10  
10  
.
.
.
.
.
.
24  
<
>
41  
42  
RD3_A  
RD3_B  
U18  
PC-400  
330  
100  
25  
< 42  
<
>
>
3
1SS355  
C29 C28  
100P 100P  
Load requirements as a listener  
Isolation: Optocoupler  
Input impedance: 450Ω  
Max. voltage:  
Threshold:  
±15 V  
4 mA  
AP-22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX  
Parts List  
This equipment contains complex modules in which fault diagnosis and repair down to  
component level are not practical (IMO A.694(17)/8.3.1). Only some discrete components  
are used. FURUNO Electric Co., Ltd. Believes identifying these components is of no value  
for shipboard maintenance; therefore, they are not listed in this manual. Major modules  
can be located on the parts location photos on pages AP-26 thru AP-28.  
Control unit FS-1570/2570  
F U R U N O  
Model  
Unit  
FS-1570/2570  
CONTROL UNIT  
ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST  
Aug-02 Blk.No.  
SYMBOL TYPE  
CODE No.  
REMARKS  
SHIPPABLE  
ASSEMBLY  
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD  
B2  
B3  
B4  
05P0728, PANEL  
05P0729, C-CPU  
05P0730, C-IF  
005-951-870  
005-951-880  
005-951-890  
X
X
X
AP-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX  
Transceiver unit FS-1570T  
F U R U N O  
Model  
Unit  
FS-1570T  
TRANSCEIVER UNIT  
ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST  
Aug-02 Blk.No.  
SYMBOL TYPE  
CODE No.  
REMARKS  
SHIPPABLE  
ASSEMBLY  
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD  
B2  
B3  
B4  
B5  
B6  
B7  
B8  
B9  
B10  
B11  
B13, 14  
B17  
05P0731, T-IF  
005-952-000  
005-952-010  
005-952-030  
005-952-060  
005-952-140  
005-952-100  
005-952-110  
005-951-980  
005-952-040  
005-952-050  
005-952-020  
005-952-070  
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
05P0732, T-CPU  
05P0733, TX-RX  
05P0734, W/R  
05P0735, PA  
05P0736, TX-FIL  
05P0737, SW-REG  
05P0742, M-B  
05P0746, PRESEL  
05P0747, REF OSC  
05P0751, DSP  
05P0744, RELAY  
AP-24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX  
Transceiver unit FS-2570T  
F U R U N O  
Model  
Unit  
FS-2570T  
TRANSCEIVER UNIT  
ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST  
Aug-02 Blk.No.  
SYMBOL TYPE  
CODE No.  
REMARKS  
SHIPPABLE  
ASSEMBLY  
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD  
B2  
B3  
B4  
B5, B18  
B6, B17  
B7  
B8  
B9  
B10  
B11  
B12  
B13, 14  
B15  
B16  
05P0731, T-IF  
005-952-000  
005-952-010  
005-952-030  
005-952-060  
005-952-130  
005-952-100  
005-952-110  
005-951-990  
005-952-040  
005-952-050  
005-952-070  
005-952-020  
005-952-212  
005-952-150  
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
05P0732, T-CPU  
05P0733, TX-RX  
05P0734, W/R  
05P0739, PA  
05P0736, TX-FIL  
05P0737, SW-REG  
05P0743, M-B  
05P0746, PRESEL  
05P0747, REF OSC  
05P0744, RELAY  
05P0751, DSP  
05P0738, DRV  
05P0740, COMB  
AP-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX  
Parts Location  
Transceiver unit FS-2570T  
05P0734  
W/R Board (option)  
05P0747  
REF OSC Board  
05P0738  
DRV Board  
05P0739  
PA Board  
05P0734  
W/R Board  
05P0737  
SW-REG Board  
05P0739  
PA Board  
05P0744  
RELAY Board  
05P0743  
M-B Board  
(underneath)  
05P0746  
PRESEL Board  
05P0731  
T-I/F Board  
05P0736  
TX FIL Board  
05P0751  
DSP Board  
(for NBDP)  
05P0732  
T-CPU Board  
05P0751  
DSP Board  
(for DSC)  
05P0740  
COMB Board  
05P0733  
TX/RX Board  
AP-26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX  
Transceiver unit FS-1570T  
05P0733  
05P0744  
TX/RX Board  
RELAY Board  
05P0737  
05P0734  
05P0746  
SW-REG Board  
W/R Board  
PRESEL Board  
05P0747  
REF OSC  
Board  
05P0742  
M-B Board  
(underneath)  
05P0731  
T-I/F Board  
05P0735  
PA Board  
05P0751  
DSP Board  
(for NBDP)  
05P0736  
TX FIL Board  
05P0751  
DSP Board  
05P0732  
T-CPU Board  
AP-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
APPENDIX  
Control unit FS-2570C  
05P0728  
PANEL Board  
05P0729  
CPU Board  
05P0730  
C-I/F Board  
AP-28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
INDEX  
1
DSC frequency table................................ AP-4  
1/ RT/2182 key ............................................1-3  
E
2
Error messages......................................... 12-5  
2/DSC key....................................................1-1  
F
4
FILE/CURSOR key ..................................... 6-9  
Frequency selection.................................... 2-3  
4/Intcom key ................................................2-8  
5
G
5/ ACK/SQ key.............................................1-5  
Geographical area call  
receiving................................................ 5-22  
sending.................................................. 5-19  
Group call  
6
6/SCAN key......................................... 1-3, 1-4  
7
receiving................................................ 5-18  
sending.................................................. 5-15  
7/ key.......................................................1-4  
8
I
8/PRINT key ................................................7-3  
IA .........................................................2-4, 2-5  
IC ................................................................ 2-5  
Individual call  
9
9/  
key......................................................1-2  
automatic acknowledge ........................ 5-10  
manual acknowledge............................ 5-12  
sending.................................................... 5-4  
Intercom ...................................................... 2-8  
A
Alarm menu .................................................7-1  
All ships call  
receiving ..................................................5-3  
sending ....................................................5-1  
Antenna current...........................................2-4  
Auto ack menu.............................................7-2  
L
Log file  
description............................................. 5-45  
opening ................................................. 5-45  
LOG/TUNE key......................................... 5-45  
C
Channel selection........................................2-2  
Contrast .......................................................1-2  
Control description.......................................1-1  
M
Medical transport call  
receiving................................................ 5-27  
sending.................................................. 5-26  
Menu tree................................................. AP-1  
D
Daily test....................................................12-1  
Dimmer ........................................................1-2  
Distress alert  
N
NBDP Terminal Unit  
receiving on either VHF channel 70 or MF  
channel 2187.5....................................4-7  
receiving on HF band ..............................4-9  
sending ....................................................4-1  
Distress relay  
answerback code registration................. 9-1  
ARQ mode ............................................ 11-3  
communications buffer........................ 11-10  
edit menu [F2] ......................................... 8-6  
FEC mode............................................. 11-5  
file creating............................................ 10-1  
file deleting............................................ 10-9  
file editing.............................................. 10-5  
on behalf of other ship, to all ships........4-16  
on behalf of other ship, to coast station 4-13  
receiving ................................................4-19  
to coast station on HF band ....................4-9  
IN-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
INDEX  
file menu [F1]...........................................8-6  
Position entry (manual)............................... 1-5  
POWER switch ........................................... 1-2  
Print out menu............................................. 7-3  
PSTN call  
file opening ............................................10-8  
file renaming..........................................10-9  
file saving...............................................10-3  
file saving under new name...................10-9  
general test..........................................12-10  
ID code registration .................................9-2  
macrofiles ............................................11-10  
manual calling........................................11-1  
menu overview ........................................8-4  
operate menu [F3]...................................8-8  
printing...................................................10-9  
receive mode.........................................11-5  
scan channel group editing, deleting.......9-8  
scan channel group registration..............9-7  
scanning ................................................11-9  
station editing, deleting............................9-4  
station menu [F5]...................................8-10  
station registration ...................................9-3  
system menu [F6]..................................8-11  
terminal unit.............................................8-1  
timer operation.......................................11-8  
timer program editing, deleting................9-6  
timer program registration.......................9-5  
tone test...............................................12-11  
user channel editing, deleting .................9-7  
user channel registration.........................9-6  
window menu [F4] ...................................8-9  
Neutral craft call  
charge information................................ 5-43  
receiving................................................ 5-42  
sending.................................................. 5-38  
R
RF................................................................ 2-5  
S
Scan freq menu........................................... 7-4  
Scan frequency setup ................................. 7-5  
Scanning ..................................................... 1-4  
Send message files  
geographical area call............................. 6-6  
group call................................................. 6-4  
individual call........................................... 6-1  
printing .................................................. 6-10  
PSTN call ................................................ 6-7  
sending.................................................... 6-9  
test call.................................................... 6-8  
T
Test call ..................................................... 12-7  
Time entry (manual).................................... 1-5  
Transmitter power....................................... 2-5  
Troubleshooting ........................................ 12-5  
Tuning ......................................................... 2-3  
U
receiving ................................................5-25  
sending ..................................................5-23  
USER CH menu........................................ 2-10  
User channels  
P
deleting.................................................. 2-12  
registering ............................................. 2-10  
Polling call  
receiving ................................................5-31  
sending ..................................................5-28  
Position call  
V
VC ............................................................... 2-5  
Volume menu.............................................. 7-6  
other ship requests your position ..........5-36  
requesting other ship’s position.............5-34  
IN-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

Dyson Vacuum Cleaner 1741801 User Manual
Eton Radio FR350 User Manual
Eurotech Appliances Computer Hardware CPU 1461 User Manual
Fisher Price Baby Toy W4123 User Manual
Fujitsu Stereo Amplifier DCU105 3 User Manual
Fundex Games Games Chicken Coop User Manual
GE Blender 106757 User Manual
GE Microwave Oven DVM1665 User Manual
GE Monogram Double Oven ZET857DBSB User Manual
Golden Technologies Mobility Aid GA 531 User Manual